Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 3040:b6af1c5dd22f v7.3.292
updated for version 7.3.292
Problem: Crash when using fold markers and selecting a visual block that
includes a folded line and goes to end of line. (Sam Lidder)
Solution: Check for the column to be MAXCOL. (James Vega)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 02 Sep 2011 14:07:36 +0200 |
| parents | 1bb6776fa8c4 |
| children | 927c7377cf49 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) | |
| 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), | |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 92 /* | |
| 93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /* | |
| 98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 100 */ | |
| 101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 102 | |
| 103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 109 #endif | |
| 110 | |
| 111 /* | |
| 112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 113 */ | |
| 114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 625 | 123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 128 #else | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 131 #endif | |
| 132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 680 | 135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 137 #endif |
| 7 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 1326 | 139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
142 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 143 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 144 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 145 #endif | |
| 146 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 147 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 149 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 150 #endif | |
| 151 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 152 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 153 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 154 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 155 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 156 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 157 #endif | |
| 158 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 159 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 162 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 163 #endif |
| 7 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 165 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 166 #endif | |
| 167 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 168 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 171 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 172 #endif |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 174 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 175 #endif | |
| 176 | |
| 177 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 178 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 179 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* | |
| 183 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 184 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 185 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 186 */ | |
| 187 void | |
| 188 redraw_later(type) | |
| 189 int type; | |
| 190 { | |
| 191 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 | |
| 194 void | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 196 win_T *wp; | |
| 197 int type; | |
| 198 { | |
| 199 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 200 { | |
| 201 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 202 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 203 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 204 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 205 must_redraw = type; | |
| 206 } | |
| 207 } | |
| 208 | |
| 209 /* | |
| 210 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 211 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 212 */ | |
| 213 void | |
| 214 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 215 { | |
| 216 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 217 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 218 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 219 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 220 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 221 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 222 else | |
| 223 #endif | |
| 224 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 226 } |
| 227 | |
| 228 /* | |
| 229 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 230 */ | |
| 231 void | |
| 232 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 233 int type; | |
| 234 { | |
| 235 win_T *wp; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 240 } | |
| 241 } | |
| 242 | |
| 243 /* | |
| 301 | 244 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 245 */ |
| 246 void | |
| 247 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 248 int type; | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 251 } | |
| 252 | |
| 253 void | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 255 buf_T *buf; | |
| 256 int type; | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 win_T *wp; | |
| 259 | |
| 260 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 263 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* | |
| 268 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that | |
| 269 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 270 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 271 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 272 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 273 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 274 */ | |
| 275 void | |
| 276 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 277 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 278 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 279 { |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 281 int i; | |
| 282 #endif | |
| 283 | |
| 284 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 285 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 286 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 287 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 288 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 289 | |
| 290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 291 if (invalid) | |
| 292 { | |
| 293 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 294 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 295 if (i >= 0) | |
| 296 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 #endif | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 2255 | 301 #if defined(FEAT_RUBY) || defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || \ |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
302 (defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 303 /* |
| 304 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 305 */ | |
| 306 void | |
| 307 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 308 int type; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 311 update_screen(type); | |
| 312 } | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
313 #endif |
| 7 | 314 |
| 315 /* | |
| 316 * update_screen() | |
| 317 * | |
| 318 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 319 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 void | |
| 322 update_screen(type) | |
| 323 int type; | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 win_T *wp; | |
| 326 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 327 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 328 int did_one; | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 | |
| 2008 | 331 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 332 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 333 return; | |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (must_redraw) | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 338 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 339 |
| 340 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 341 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 342 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 343 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 344 must_redraw = 0; |
| 345 } | |
| 346 | |
| 347 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 348 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 349 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 350 | |
| 2008 | 351 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 352 * recursively. */ | |
| 353 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 354 { |
| 355 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 356 must_redraw = type; | |
| 357 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 358 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 359 return; | |
| 360 } | |
| 361 | |
| 362 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 363 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 364 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 365 * display updating */ | |
| 366 #endif | |
| 367 | |
| 368 /* | |
| 369 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 370 */ | |
| 371 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 374 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 375 type = CLEAR; | |
| 376 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 379 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 380 type = CLEAR; | |
| 381 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 384 { | |
| 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 386 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 387 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 388 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 391 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 392 } | |
| 393 else | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 397 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 398 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 399 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 400 #endif | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 405 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 406 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 407 #endif |
| 7 | 408 } |
| 409 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 410 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 414 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 415 | |
| 416 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 417 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 418 highlight_changed(); | |
| 419 | |
| 420 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 423 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 | |
| 426 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 427 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 428 | |
| 13 | 429 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
430 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
431 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 432 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
433 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
434 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 435 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 436 #endif | |
| 437 | |
| 7 | 438 /* |
| 439 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 440 */ | |
| 441 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 442 update_curswant(); | |
| 443 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 444 && !((type == VALID | |
| 445 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 446 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 447 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 448 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 451 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 452 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 453 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 454 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 455 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 456 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 457 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 458 #endif | |
| 459 )) | |
| 460 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 461 | |
| 849 | 462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 463 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 464 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 465 draw_tabline(); | |
| 466 #endif | |
| 467 | |
| 7 | 468 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 471 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 472 */ | |
| 473 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 478 win_T *wwp; | |
| 479 | |
| 480 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 481 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 482 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 # endif | |
| 485 if ( | |
| 486 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 487 wwp == wp && | |
| 488 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
489 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 490 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 491 } | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 #endif | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 496 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 497 * it. | |
| 498 */ | |
| 499 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 500 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 501 #endif | |
| 502 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 503 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cursor_off(); | |
| 510 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 511 if (!did_one) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 514 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 515 start_search_hl(); | |
| 516 # endif | |
| 517 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 518 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 519 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 520 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 521 # endif | |
| 522 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 523 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 524 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 525 * it. */ | |
| 526 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 527 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 528 #endif | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 win_update(wp); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 | |
| 534 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 535 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 536 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 cursor_off(); | |
| 539 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 } | |
| 543 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 544 end_search_hl(); | |
| 545 #endif | |
| 546 | |
| 547 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 548 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 549 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 551 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 552 #else | |
| 553 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 554 #endif | |
| 555 | |
| 556 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 558 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 559 #endif | |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 562 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 563 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 564 showmode(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
| 567 if (!did_intro && bufempty() | |
| 568 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL | |
| 569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 570 && firstwin->w_next == NULL | |
| 571 #endif | |
| 572 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) | |
| 573 intro_message(FALSE); | |
| 574 did_intro = TRUE; | |
| 575 | |
| 576 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 577 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 578 * done. */ | |
| 579 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 582 if (did_one) | |
| 583 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 584 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 #endif | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
589 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
590 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
591 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
592 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
593 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
594 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
595 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
596 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
597 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
598 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
599 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
600 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
601 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
602 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
603 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
604 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
605 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
606 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
607 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
608 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
609 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
610 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
611 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
612 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
613 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
614 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
615 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
616 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
617 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
618 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
619 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
620 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
621 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
622 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
623 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
624 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
625 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
626 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
627 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
628 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
629 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
630 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
631 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
632 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
635 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
636 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
637 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
638 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
639 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
640 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
641 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
642 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
643 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
644 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
645 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
646 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
647 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
648 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
649 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
650 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
651 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
652 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
653 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
654 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
655 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
656 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
657 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
658 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
659 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
660 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
661 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
662 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
663 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
664 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
665 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
666 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
667 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
668 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
669 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
670 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
671 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
672 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
673 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
674 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
675 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
676 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
677 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
678 |
| 7 | 679 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 680 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 681 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 682 | |
| 683 /* | |
| 684 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 685 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 686 */ |
| 687 static void | |
| 688 update_prepare() | |
| 689 { | |
| 690 cursor_off(); | |
| 691 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 693 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 694 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 695 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 696 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 697 #endif | |
| 698 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 699 start_search_hl(); | |
| 700 #endif | |
| 701 } | |
| 702 | |
| 703 /* | |
| 704 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 705 */ | |
| 706 static void | |
| 707 update_finish() | |
| 708 { | |
| 709 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 710 showmode(); | |
| 711 | |
| 712 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 713 end_search_hl(); | |
| 714 # endif | |
| 715 | |
| 716 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 717 | |
| 718 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 719 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 720 | |
| 721 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 722 * done. */ | |
| 723 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 724 { | |
| 725 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 726 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 727 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 # endif | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 #endif | |
| 732 | |
| 733 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 734 void | |
| 735 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 736 buf_T *buf; | |
| 737 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 738 { | |
| 739 win_T *wp; | |
| 740 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 743 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 744 # endif | |
| 745 | |
| 746 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 747 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 748 { | |
| 749 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 750 { | |
| 751 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 752 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 753 { | |
| 754 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 755 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 756 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 757 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 758 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 759 } | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 else | |
| 762 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 763 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 764 doit = TRUE; | |
| 765 } | |
| 766 | |
| 2008 | 767 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already |
| 768 * happening. */ | |
| 769 if (!doit || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 770 return; |
| 771 | |
| 772 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 773 update_prepare(); | |
| 774 | |
| 775 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 776 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 777 { | |
| 778 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 779 win_update(wp); | |
| 780 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 781 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 782 } | |
| 783 # else | |
| 784 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 785 win_update(curwin); | |
| 786 # endif | |
| 787 | |
| 788 update_finish(); | |
| 789 } | |
| 790 #endif | |
| 791 | |
| 792 | |
| 793 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 794 /* | |
| 795 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 796 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 797 */ | |
| 798 void | |
| 799 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 800 win_T *wp; | |
| 801 { | |
| 2008 | 802 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 803 if (updating_screen) | |
| 804 return; | |
| 805 | |
| 7 | 806 update_prepare(); |
| 807 | |
| 808 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 809 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 810 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 811 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 812 #endif | |
| 670 | 813 |
| 7 | 814 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 815 |
| 7 | 816 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 817 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 818 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 819 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 820 |
| 7 | 821 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 822 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 823 || p_ru | |
| 824 # endif | |
| 825 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 826 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 827 # endif |
| 828 ) | |
| 829 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 830 #endif | |
| 831 | |
| 832 update_finish(); | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 #endif | |
| 835 | |
| 836 /* | |
| 837 * Update a single window. | |
| 838 * | |
| 839 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 840 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 841 * | |
| 842 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 843 * implies the one below it. | |
| 844 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 845 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 846 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 847 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 848 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 849 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 850 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 851 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 852 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 853 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 854 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 855 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 856 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 857 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 858 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 859 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 860 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 861 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 862 */ | |
| 863 static void | |
| 864 win_update(wp) | |
| 865 win_T *wp; | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 868 int type; | |
| 869 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 870 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 871 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 872 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 873 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 874 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 875 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 876 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 877 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 878 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 879 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 880 #endif | |
| 881 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 882 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 883 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 884 #endif | |
| 885 | |
| 886 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 887 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 888 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 889 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 890 | |
| 891 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 892 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 893 int i; | |
| 894 long j; | |
| 895 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 896 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 897 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 898 long fold_count; | |
| 899 #endif | |
| 900 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 901 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 902 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 903 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 904 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 905 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 906 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 907 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 908 #endif | |
| 909 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 910 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 911 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 912 int save_got_int; | |
| 913 #endif | |
| 914 | |
| 915 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 916 | |
| 917 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 918 { | |
| 919 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 920 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 921 #endif | |
| 922 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 923 } | |
| 924 | |
| 925 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 926 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 927 { | |
| 928 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 929 return; | |
| 930 } | |
| 931 | |
| 932 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 933 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 934 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 935 { | |
| 936 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 937 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 938 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 939 return; | |
| 940 } | |
| 941 #endif | |
| 942 | |
| 943 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
944 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 945 #endif |
| 946 | |
| 13 | 947 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
948 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
949 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
950 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 951 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 952 { |
| 953 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 954 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 955 } |
| 956 else | |
| 957 #endif | |
| 958 | |
| 7 | 959 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 960 { | |
| 961 /* | |
| 962 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 963 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 964 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 965 */ | |
| 966 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 967 } | |
| 968 else | |
| 969 { | |
| 970 /* | |
| 971 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 972 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 973 */ | |
| 974 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 975 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 976 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 977 else | |
| 978 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 979 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 980 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 981 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 982 { | |
| 983 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 984 { | |
| 985 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 986 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 987 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 988 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
989 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
990 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
991 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 992 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 993 mod_top = 1; | |
| 994 } | |
| 995 #endif | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 998 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1001 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1002 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1003 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1004 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1005 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1006 */ |
| 699 | 1007 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1008 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1009 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1010 else |
| 1326 | 1011 { |
| 1012 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1013 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1014 { | |
| 1015 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1016 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1017 { |
| 1018 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1019 break; | |
| 1020 } | |
| 1326 | 1021 cur = cur->next; |
| 1022 } | |
| 1023 } | |
| 7 | 1024 #endif |
| 1025 } | |
| 1026 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1027 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1028 { | |
| 1029 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 /* | |
| 1032 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1033 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1034 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1035 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1036 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1037 */ | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1040 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1041 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1042 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1043 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1044 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1045 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1046 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1047 { | |
| 1048 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1049 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1050 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1051 { | |
| 1052 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1053 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1054 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1055 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1056 ++lnumb; | |
| 1057 } | |
| 1058 } | |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1061 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1062 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1065 --mod_bot; | |
| 1066 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1067 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1068 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1069 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1070 } | |
| 1071 #endif | |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1074 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1075 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1076 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1077 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1078 { | |
| 1079 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1080 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1081 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1082 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1083 top_end = 1; |
| 1084 #endif | |
| 1085 } | |
| 36 | 1086 |
| 1087 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1088 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1089 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1090 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1091 } |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 /* | |
| 1094 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1095 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1096 */ | |
| 1097 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1098 { | |
| 1099 j = 0; | |
| 1100 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1101 { | |
| 1102 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1103 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1104 { | |
| 1105 top_end = j; | |
| 1106 break; | |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1110 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1111 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1112 else | |
| 1113 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1114 type = VALID; | |
| 1115 } | |
| 1116 | |
| 1378 | 1117 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1118 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1119 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1120 * called. */ | |
| 1121 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1122 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1123 | |
| 7 | 1124 /* |
| 1125 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1126 * handle three cases: | |
| 1127 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1128 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1129 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1130 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1131 */ | |
| 743 | 1132 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1133 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1134 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1135 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1136 #endif | |
| 1137 ) | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 /* | |
| 1142 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1143 * further down. | |
| 1144 */ | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1147 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1148 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1149 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1150 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1151 #endif | |
| 1152 )) | |
| 1153 { | |
| 1154 /* | |
| 1155 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1156 */ | |
| 1157 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1158 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1159 { | |
| 1160 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1163 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1164 j = 0; | |
| 1165 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1166 { | |
| 1167 ++j; | |
| 1168 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1169 break; | |
| 1170 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1171 } | |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 else | |
| 1174 #endif | |
| 1175 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1176 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1177 { | |
| 1178 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1179 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1180 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1181 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1182 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1183 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1184 #endif | |
| 1185 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 /* | |
| 1188 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1189 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1190 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1191 */ | |
| 1192 if (i > 0) | |
| 1193 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1194 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1199 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1200 top_end = i; | |
| 1201 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1202 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1203 #endif | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1206 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1207 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1208 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1209 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1210 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1211 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1212 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 } | |
| 1215 else | |
| 1216 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1217 } | |
| 1218 else | |
| 1219 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1220 } | |
| 1221 else | |
| 1222 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1223 } | |
| 1224 else | |
| 1225 { | |
| 1226 /* | |
| 1227 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1228 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1229 * needs updating. | |
| 1230 */ | |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1233 j = -1; | |
| 1234 row = 0; | |
| 1235 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1238 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1239 { | |
| 1240 j = i; | |
| 1241 break; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1244 } | |
| 1245 if (j == -1) | |
| 1246 { | |
| 1247 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1248 * lines */ | |
| 1249 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1250 } | |
| 1251 else | |
| 1252 { | |
| 1253 /* | |
| 1254 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1255 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1256 */ | |
| 1257 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1258 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1259 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1260 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1261 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1264 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1265 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1266 #endif | |
| 1267 if (row > 0) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1270 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1271 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1272 else | |
| 1273 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1276 { | |
| 1277 /* | |
| 1278 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1279 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1280 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1281 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1282 */ | |
| 1283 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1284 idx = 0; | |
| 1285 for (;;) | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1288 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1289 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1290 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1291 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1292 { | |
| 1293 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1294 break; | |
| 1295 } | |
| 1296 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1299 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1300 { | |
| 1301 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1302 break; | |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 } | |
| 1305 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1306 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1307 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1308 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1309 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1310 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1311 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1312 #endif | |
| 1313 } | |
| 1314 } | |
| 1315 } | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1318 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1319 * first. */ | |
| 1320 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1321 { | |
| 1322 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1323 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1324 { |
| 1331 | 1325 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1326 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1327 * then. */ | |
| 1328 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1329 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1330 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1331 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1332 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1333 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 } | |
| 7 | 1336 } |
| 1331 | 1337 |
| 1338 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1339 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1340 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1341 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1342 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1343 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1344 } |
| 1345 else | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1348 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1349 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 | |
| 743 | 1352 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1353 { | |
| 1354 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1355 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1356 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1357 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1358 } | |
| 1359 | |
| 7 | 1360 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1361 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ | |
| 1362 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1363 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1364 { | |
| 1365 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1368 { | |
| 1369 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1370 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1371 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1372 { | |
| 1373 /* | |
| 1374 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1375 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1376 * gained or lost. | |
| 1377 */ | |
| 1378 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1379 { | |
| 1380 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1381 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1382 } | |
| 1383 else | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1386 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1387 } | |
| 1388 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1389 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1390 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1391 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1392 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1393 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1394 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1395 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1396 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1397 } | |
| 1398 else | |
| 1399 { | |
| 1400 /* | |
| 1401 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1402 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1403 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1406 { | |
| 1407 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1408 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 else | |
| 1411 { | |
| 1412 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1413 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1414 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1415 from = to; | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 422 | 1418 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1419 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1420 { |
| 1421 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1422 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1423 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1424 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1425 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1426 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1427 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1428 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1429 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1430 } | |
| 1431 } | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 /* | |
| 1434 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1435 * update all lines. | |
| 1436 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1437 */ | |
| 1438 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1439 { | |
| 1440 colnr_T fromc, toc; | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); | |
| 1443 ++toc; | |
| 1444 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1445 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1448 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1449 { | |
| 1450 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1451 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1452 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1453 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1456 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 } | |
| 1459 else | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1462 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1465 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1466 } | |
| 1467 else | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1470 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 } | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 /* | |
| 1475 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1476 */ | |
| 1477 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1478 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 /* | |
| 1481 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1482 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1483 */ | |
| 1484 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1487 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1488 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1489 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1490 } | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 /* | |
| 1493 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1494 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1495 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1496 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1497 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1498 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1499 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1500 */ | |
| 1501 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1504 idx = 0; | |
| 1505 srow = 0; | |
| 1506 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1507 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1508 else | |
| 1509 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1510 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1511 { | |
| 1512 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1513 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1514 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1515 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1516 ++idx; | |
| 1517 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1518 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1519 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1520 else | |
| 1521 # endif | |
| 1522 ++lnum; | |
| 1523 } | |
| 1524 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1525 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1526 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1527 { | |
| 1528 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1529 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1530 { | |
| 1531 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1532 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1533 break; | |
| 1534 } | |
| 1535 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1541 { | |
| 1542 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1543 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1544 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1545 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1546 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 else | |
| 1549 { | |
| 1550 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1551 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1552 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1553 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1554 } |
| 1555 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1558 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1559 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1560 got_int = 0; | |
| 1561 #endif | |
| 1562 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1563 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1564 #endif | |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 /* | |
| 1567 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1568 */ | |
| 1569 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1570 row = 0; | |
| 1571 srow = 0; | |
| 1572 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1573 for (;;) | |
| 1574 { | |
| 1575 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1576 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1577 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1578 { | |
| 1579 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1580 break; | |
| 1581 } | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1584 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1585 { | |
| 1586 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1587 break; | |
| 1588 } | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1591 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1592 srow = row; | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 /* | |
| 1595 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1596 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1597 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1598 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1599 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1600 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1601 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1602 */ | |
| 1603 if (row < top_end | |
| 1604 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1605 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1606 || top_to_mod | |
| 1607 #endif | |
| 1608 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1609 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1610 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1611 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1612 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1613 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1614 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1615 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1616 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1617 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1618 && ( |
| 1619 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1620 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1621 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1622 # endif | |
| 1623 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1624 #endif | |
| 1625 ))))) | |
| 1626 { | |
| 1627 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1628 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1629 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1630 #endif | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 /* | |
| 1633 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1634 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1635 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 1636 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". | |
| 1637 */ | |
| 1638 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1639 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 1640 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) | |
| 1641 { | |
| 1642 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1643 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1644 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1645 linenr_T l; | |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1648 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1649 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1650 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1651 { | |
| 1652 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1653 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1654 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1655 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1656 break; | |
| 1657 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1658 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1659 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1660 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1661 { | |
| 1662 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1663 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1664 ++i; | |
| 1665 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1666 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1667 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1668 break; | |
| 1669 } | |
| 1670 #endif | |
| 1671 } | |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1674 { | |
| 1675 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1676 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1677 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1678 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1679 } | |
| 1680 else | |
| 1681 { | |
| 1682 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1683 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1684 j = idx; | |
| 1685 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1688 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1689 ++new_rows; | |
| 1690 else | |
| 1691 #endif | |
| 1692 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1693 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1694 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1695 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1696 else | |
| 1697 #endif | |
| 1698 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1699 ++j; | |
| 1700 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1701 { | |
| 1702 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1703 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1704 break; | |
| 1705 } | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1708 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1711 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1712 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1713 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1714 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1715 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1716 else | |
| 1717 { | |
| 1718 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1719 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1720 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1721 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1722 else | |
| 1723 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1724 } | |
| 1725 } | |
| 1726 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1729 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1730 * rest. */ | |
| 1731 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1732 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1733 else | |
| 1734 { | |
| 1735 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1736 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1737 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1738 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1739 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1740 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1741 * updating down. */ | |
| 1742 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1743 } | |
| 1744 } | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1747 * entries. */ | |
| 1748 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 if (j < i) | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1755 for (;;) | |
| 1756 { | |
| 1757 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1758 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1759 { | |
| 1760 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1761 break; | |
| 1762 } | |
| 1763 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1764 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1765 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1766 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1767 { | |
| 1768 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1769 break; | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1772 ++i; | |
| 1773 } | |
| 1774 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1775 bot_start = x; | |
| 1776 } | |
| 1777 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1778 { | |
| 1779 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1780 j -= i; | |
| 1781 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1782 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1783 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1784 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1785 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1788 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1789 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1790 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1791 { | |
| 1792 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1793 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1794 } | |
| 1795 } | |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 } | |
| 1798 } | |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1801 /* | |
| 1802 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1803 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1804 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1805 */ | |
| 1806 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1807 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1808 { | |
| 1809 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1810 ++row; | |
| 1811 --fold_count; | |
| 1812 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1813 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1814 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1815 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1816 # endif | |
| 1817 } | |
| 1818 else | |
| 1819 #endif | |
| 1820 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1821 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1822 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1823 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1824 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1825 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1826 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1827 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1828 #endif | |
| 1829 ) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1832 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1833 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 else | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1838 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1839 #endif | |
| 1840 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1841 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 1842 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1843 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1844 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1845 #endif | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 /* | |
| 1848 * Display one line. | |
| 1849 */ | |
| 625 | 1850 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 1851 |
| 1852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1853 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 1854 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 1855 #endif | |
| 1856 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1857 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 1858 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 1859 #endif | |
| 1860 } | |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 1863 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 1864 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1865 { | |
| 1866 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 1867 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1868 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1869 ++idx; | |
| 1870 break; | |
| 1871 } | |
| 1872 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1873 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; | |
| 1874 ++idx; | |
| 1875 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1876 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 1877 #else | |
| 1878 ++lnum; | |
| 1879 #endif | |
| 1880 } | |
| 1881 else | |
| 1882 { | |
| 1883 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 1884 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1885 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1886 break; | |
| 1887 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1888 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1889 #else | |
| 1890 ++lnum; | |
| 1891 #endif | |
| 1892 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1893 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1894 #endif | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1900 break; | |
| 1901 } | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 /* | |
| 1904 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 1905 */ | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1909 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1912 /* | |
| 1913 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 1914 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1915 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1916 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1917 #endif | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 /* | |
| 1920 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 1921 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 1922 */ | |
| 1923 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 1924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1925 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 1926 #endif | |
| 1927 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 /* | |
| 1932 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 1933 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 1934 */ | |
| 1935 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 1936 } | |
| 1937 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1938 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 1941 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1942 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 #endif | |
| 1945 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 1946 { | |
| 1947 /* | |
| 1948 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 1949 */ | |
| 1950 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 1951 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 1952 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 1953 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 1954 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 1955 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 else | |
| 1958 { | |
| 1959 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1960 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1961 } | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 else | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1966 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 1967 #endif | |
| 1968 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1969 { | |
| 1970 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 1971 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1972 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 1973 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 /* | |
| 1976 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 1977 */ | |
| 1978 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 1979 i = '-'; | |
| 1980 else | |
| 1981 i = fill_diff; | |
| 1982 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 1983 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1984 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 1985 row += j; | |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 #endif | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1990 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 1993 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 1994 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 1998 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1999 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2000 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2001 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2002 #endif | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 /* | |
| 2007 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2008 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2009 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2010 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2011 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2012 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2013 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2014 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2015 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2016 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2017 */ | |
| 2018 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2019 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2020 { | |
| 2021 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2022 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2023 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2024 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2027 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2028 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2029 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2030 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2031 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2038 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2039 if (!got_int) | |
| 2040 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2045 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 /* | |
| 2048 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2049 */ | |
| 2050 static int | |
| 2051 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2052 win_T *wp; | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2055 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2056 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2057 # endif |
| 2058 ); | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 #endif | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 /* | |
| 2063 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2064 * as the filler character. | |
| 2065 */ | |
| 2066 static void | |
| 2067 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2068 win_T *wp; | |
| 2069 int c1; | |
| 2070 int c2; | |
| 2071 int row; | |
| 2072 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2073 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2074 { |
| 2075 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2076 int n = 0; | |
| 2077 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2078 #else | |
| 2079 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2080 #endif | |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2083 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2086 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2087 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 if (n > 0) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 2091 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2092 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2093 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2094 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2095 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2096 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 # endif | |
| 2099 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2100 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2101 { | |
| 2102 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2105 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2106 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2107 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2108 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2109 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2110 n = nn; | |
| 2111 } | |
| 2112 # endif | |
| 2113 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2114 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2115 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2116 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2117 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2118 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2119 } | |
| 2120 else | |
| 2121 #endif | |
| 2122 { | |
| 2123 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2124 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2127 n = 1; | |
| 2128 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2129 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2130 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2131 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2132 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2133 } | |
| 2134 #endif | |
| 2135 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2136 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2137 { | |
| 2138 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2141 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2142 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2143 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2144 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2145 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2146 n = nn; | |
| 2147 } | |
| 2148 #endif | |
| 2149 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2150 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2151 { | |
| 2152 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2155 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2156 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2157 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2158 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2159 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2160 n = nn; | |
| 2161 } | |
| 2162 #endif | |
| 2163 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2164 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2165 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2166 } | |
| 2167 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2168 } | |
| 2169 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2170 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2171 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2173 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2174 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2175 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2176 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2177 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2178 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2179 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2180 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2181 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2182 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2183 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2184 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2185 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
| 7 | 2187 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2188 /* | |
| 2189 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2190 */ | |
| 2191 static void | |
| 2192 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2193 win_T *wp; | |
| 2194 long fold_count; | |
| 2195 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2196 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2197 int row; | |
| 2198 { | |
| 2199 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2200 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2201 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2202 int len; | |
| 29 | 2203 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2204 int fdc; |
| 2205 int col; | |
| 2206 int txtcol; | |
| 2207 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2208 int ri; |
| 7 | 2209 |
| 2210 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2211 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2212 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2213 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2214 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2215 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2216 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2217 */ | |
| 2218 col = 0; | |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 /* | |
| 2221 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2222 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2223 */ | |
| 2224 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2225 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2226 { | |
| 2227 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2228 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2230 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2231 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2232 #endif | |
| 2233 ++col; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 #endif | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 /* | |
| 2238 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2239 */ | |
| 2240 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2241 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2242 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2243 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2247 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 int i; | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2252 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2253 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2254 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2255 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2256 } | |
| 2257 else | |
| 2258 #endif | |
| 2259 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2260 col += fdc; | |
| 2261 } | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2264 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2265 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2266 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2267 else \ | |
| 2268 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2269 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2270 #else |
| 216 | 2271 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2272 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2273 #endif |
| 2274 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2275 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2276 * text */ |
| 216 | 2277 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2278 |
| 2279 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2280 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2281 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2282 { | |
| 2283 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2284 if (len > 0) | |
| 2285 { | |
| 2286 if (len > 2) | |
| 2287 len = 2; | |
| 2288 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2289 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2290 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2291 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2292 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2293 else | |
| 2294 # endif | |
| 2295 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2296 col += len; | |
| 2297 } | |
| 2298 } | |
| 2299 #endif | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2302 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2303 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2304 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2305 { |
| 2306 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2307 if (len > 0) | |
| 2308 { | |
| 13 | 2309 int w = number_width(wp); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2310 long num; |
| 13 | 2311 |
| 2312 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2313 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2315 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2316 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2317 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2318 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2319 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 2320 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2321 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2322 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, num); |
| 7 | 2323 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2324 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2325 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2326 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2327 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2328 else | |
| 2329 #endif | |
| 2330 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2331 col += len; | |
| 2332 } | |
| 2333 } | |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 /* | |
| 2336 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2337 */ | |
| 29 | 2338 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2339 |
| 2340 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 /* | |
| 2343 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2344 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2345 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2346 */ | |
| 2347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2348 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2349 { | |
| 2350 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2351 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2352 int i; | |
| 7 | 2353 int idx; |
| 2354 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2355 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2356 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2357 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2358 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2359 # endif | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2362 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2363 idx = off; | |
| 2364 else | |
| 2365 # endif | |
| 2366 idx = off + col; | |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2369 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2370 { | |
| 2371 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2372 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2373 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2374 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2375 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2376 # endif | |
| 2377 ) | |
| 2378 break; | |
| 2379 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2380 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2381 { | |
| 714 | 2382 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2383 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2384 { |
| 2385 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2386 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2387 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2388 #endif | |
| 2389 } | |
| 2390 else | |
| 2391 { | |
| 2392 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2393 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2396 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2397 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2398 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2401 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2402 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2405 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2406 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2407 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2408 } |
| 2409 else | |
| 2410 { | |
| 714 | 2411 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2412 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2413 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2414 } |
| 2415 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2416 | |
| 714 | 2417 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2418 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2419 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2420 } | |
| 2421 else | |
| 2422 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2423 #endif | |
| 2424 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2425 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2426 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2427 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2428 else | |
| 1401 | 2429 #endif |
| 7 | 2430 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2431 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2432 { | |
| 2433 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2434 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2435 break; | |
| 2436 } | |
| 7 | 2437 } |
| 2438 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2439 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2440 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2441 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2442 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2443 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2444 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2445 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2446 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2447 col += cells; |
| 2448 idx += cells; | |
| 2449 p += c_len; | |
| 2450 } | |
| 2451 } | |
| 2452 else | |
| 2453 #endif | |
| 2454 { | |
| 2455 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2456 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2457 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2458 if (len > 0) | |
| 2459 { | |
| 2460 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2461 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2462 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2463 else | |
| 2464 #endif | |
| 2465 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2466 col += len; | |
| 2467 } | |
| 2468 } | |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2471 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2472 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2473 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2474 #endif | |
| 2475 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2476 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2477 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2478 #endif | |
| 2479 ) | |
| 2480 { | |
| 2481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2482 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2483 { | |
| 2484 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2485 { | |
| 2486 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2487 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2488 } |
| 2489 else | |
| 2490 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2491 } | |
| 2492 #endif | |
| 2493 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2494 } | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 if (text != buf) | |
| 2497 vim_free(text); | |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 /* | |
| 2500 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2501 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2502 */ | |
| 2503 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2504 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2509 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2510 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2511 } | |
| 2512 else | |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2515 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2516 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2517 } | |
| 2518 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2519 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2520 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2521 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2522 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2523 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2524 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2525 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2526 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2527 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2528 { |
| 2529 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2532 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2533 { | |
| 3040 | 2534 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
| 2535 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
| 2536 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 7 | 2537 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
| 2538 else | |
| 2539 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2540 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2541 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2542 } |
| 2543 } | |
| 2544 else | |
| 216 | 2545 { |
| 7 | 2546 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2547 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2548 } | |
| 7 | 2549 } |
| 2550 } | |
| 2551 #endif | |
| 2552 | |
| 743 | 2553 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2554 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2555 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2556 { | |
| 2557 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2558 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2559 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2560 else | |
| 2561 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2562 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2563 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2564 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2565 } | |
| 743 | 2566 #endif |
| 7 | 2567 |
| 2568 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2569 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 /* | |
| 2572 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2573 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2574 */ | |
| 2575 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2576 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2577 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2578 { | |
| 2579 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2580 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2581 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2582 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 } | |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 /* | |
| 2587 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2588 */ | |
| 2589 static void | |
| 2590 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2591 int off; | |
| 2592 char_u *buf; | |
| 2593 int len; | |
| 2594 int attr; | |
| 2595 { | |
| 216 | 2596 int i; |
| 2597 | |
| 7 | 2598 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2599 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2600 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2601 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2602 # endif | |
| 216 | 2603 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2604 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2605 } |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 /* | |
| 2608 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2609 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2610 */ |
| 2611 static void | |
| 2612 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2613 char_u *p; | |
| 2614 win_T *wp; | |
| 2615 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2616 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2617 { | |
| 2618 int i = 0; | |
| 2619 int level; | |
| 2620 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2621 int empty; |
| 7 | 2622 |
| 2623 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2624 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2627 if (level > 0) | |
| 2628 { | |
| 519 | 2629 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2630 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2631 | |
| 7 | 2632 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2633 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2634 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2635 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2636 first_level = 1; | |
| 2637 | |
| 519 | 2638 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2639 { |
| 2640 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2641 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2642 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2643 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2644 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2645 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2646 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2647 else | |
| 2648 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2649 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2650 break; | |
| 2651 } | |
| 2652 } | |
| 2653 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2654 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2655 } |
| 2656 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 /* | |
| 2659 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2660 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2661 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2662 * | |
| 2663 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2664 */ | |
| 2665 static int | |
| 625 | 2666 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2667 win_T *wp; |
| 2668 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2669 int startrow; | |
| 2670 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2671 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2672 { |
| 2673 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2674 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2675 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2676 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2677 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2678 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2679 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2680 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2681 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2684 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2685 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 7 | 2686 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2687 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2688 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2689 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2690 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2691 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2694 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2695 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2696 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2697 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2700 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2701 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2702 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2707 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2708 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2709 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2710 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2711 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2712 #endif |
| 2713 pos_T pos; | |
| 2714 long v; | |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2717 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2718 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2719 in this line */ | |
| 2720 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2721 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2722 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2723 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2724 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2725 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2726 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2727 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2728 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2729 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2730 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2731 #endif |
| 2732 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2733 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2734 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2735 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2736 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2737 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2738 starts */ |
| 221 | 2739 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2740 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2741 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2742 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2743 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2744 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2745 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2746 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2747 #endif |
| 2748 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2749 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2750 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2751 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2752 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2753 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2754 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2755 #endif |
| 2756 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2757 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2758 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2759 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2760 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2761 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2762 #endif | |
| 2763 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2764 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2765 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2766 #endif | |
| 910 | 2767 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2768 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2769 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2770 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2771 #endif |
| 2772 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2773 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2774 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2775 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2776 has been processed or not */ | |
| 2777 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol | |
| 2778 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2779 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2780 #endif |
| 2781 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2782 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2783 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2784 #endif | |
| 910 | 2785 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2786 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2787 #endif | |
| 7 | 2788 |
| 2789 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2790 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2791 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2792 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2793 #else | |
| 2794 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2795 #endif | |
| 2796 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2797 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2798 #else | |
| 2799 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2800 #endif | |
| 2801 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2802 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2803 #else | |
| 2804 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2805 #endif | |
| 2806 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 2807 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 2808 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ | |
| 2809 #else | |
| 2810 # define WL_SBR WL_NR | |
| 2811 #endif | |
| 2812 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2813 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2814 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2815 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2816 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2817 #endif | |
| 2818 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2819 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2820 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
2821 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2822 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2823 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2824 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2825 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2826 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
2827 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
2828 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2829 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2830 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2831 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2832 #endif |
| 7 | 2833 |
| 2834 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 2835 return startrow; | |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 row = startrow; | |
| 2838 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 /* | |
| 2841 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 2842 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 2843 */ | |
| 2844 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2845 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 2846 #else | |
| 2847 extra_check = 0; | |
| 2848 #endif | |
| 2849 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2850 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 2851 { |
| 2852 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 2853 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 2854 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 2855 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 2856 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 2857 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2858 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2859 else |
| 2860 { | |
| 2861 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 2862 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 2863 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 2864 } | |
| 2865 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2866 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2867 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2868 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2869 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2870 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 2871 #endif |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 2874 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2875 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2876 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2877 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 2878 { |
| 2879 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 2880 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 2881 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 2882 |
| 2883 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 2884 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 2885 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 2886 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 2887 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2888 { | |
| 2889 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 2890 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 2891 } | |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 2894 * line is valid. */ | |
| 2895 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 2896 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 2897 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 2898 |
| 2899 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 2900 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 2901 * the first word. */ | |
| 2902 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 2903 cap_col = -1; | |
| 2904 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 2905 cap_col = 0; | |
| 2906 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 2907 } |
| 7 | 2908 #endif |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 /* | |
| 2911 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 2912 */ | |
| 2913 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2914 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2915 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2916 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2917 { | |
| 2918 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2919 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2920 { | |
| 2921 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2922 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2923 } | |
| 2924 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2925 { | |
| 2926 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2927 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2928 } | |
| 1813 | 2929 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 2930 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 2931 { | |
| 1813 | 2932 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 2933 { |
| 2934 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 2935 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2936 } | |
| 2937 } | |
| 2938 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 2939 { | |
| 2940 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 2941 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2942 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 2943 { | |
| 2944 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 2945 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2946 else | |
| 2947 { | |
| 2948 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2949 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 2950 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 2951 } | |
| 2952 } | |
| 2953 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 2954 { | |
| 2955 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 2956 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2957 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 2958 #endif | |
| 2959 ) | |
| 2960 { | |
| 2961 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2962 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2963 } | |
| 36 | 2964 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 2965 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 2966 else |
| 2967 { | |
| 2968 pos = *bot; | |
| 2969 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 2970 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2971 else | |
| 2972 { | |
| 2973 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 2974 ++tocol; | |
| 2975 } | |
| 2976 } | |
| 2977 } | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 2981 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 2982 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 2983 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2984 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2985 # endif | |
| 2986 ) | |
| 2987 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 2988 #endif | |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 2991 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 2992 { | |
| 2993 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 2994 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 2995 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 2996 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 2997 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); | |
| 2998 #endif | |
| 2999 } | |
| 3000 } | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 /* | |
| 674 | 3003 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3004 */ |
| 3005 else | |
| 3006 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 3007 if (highlight_match | |
| 3008 && wp == curwin | |
| 3009 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3010 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3011 { | |
| 3012 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3013 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3014 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3015 else | |
| 3016 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3017 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3018 { | |
| 3019 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3020 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3021 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3022 } | |
| 3023 else | |
| 3024 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3025 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3026 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3027 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3028 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3029 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3030 } | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3033 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3034 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3035 { | |
| 3036 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3037 { | |
| 3038 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3039 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3040 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3041 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3042 else | |
| 3043 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3044 } | |
| 3045 else | |
| 3046 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3047 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3048 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3049 } | |
| 3050 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3051 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3052 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3053 #endif | |
| 3054 | |
| 3055 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3056 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3057 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3058 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3059 if (v != 0) | |
| 3060 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3061 # endif | |
| 3062 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3063 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3064 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3065 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3066 # endif | |
| 3067 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3068 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3069 #endif | |
| 3070 | |
| 3071 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3072 ptr = line; | |
| 3073 | |
| 743 | 3074 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3075 if (has_spell) |
| 3076 { | |
| 386 | 3077 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3078 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3079 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3080 |
| 348 | 3081 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3082 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3083 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3084 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3085 { | |
| 3086 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3087 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3088 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3089 } | |
| 3090 else | |
| 3091 { | |
| 835 | 3092 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3093 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3094 { | |
| 3095 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3096 * next line. */ | |
| 3097 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3098 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3099 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3100 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3101 } | |
| 3102 else | |
| 3103 { | |
| 3104 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3105 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3106 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3107 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 } | |
| 3110 } | |
| 3111 #endif | |
| 3112 | |
| 7 | 3113 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3114 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3115 { | |
| 3116 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3117 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3118 --trailcol; | |
| 3119 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3120 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3121 } | |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 /* | |
| 3124 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3125 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3126 */ | |
| 3127 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3128 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3129 else | |
| 3130 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3131 if (v > 0) | |
| 3132 { | |
| 3133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3134 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3135 #endif | |
| 3136 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3137 { | |
| 3138 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); | |
| 3139 vcol += c; | |
| 3140 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3141 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3142 #endif |
| 3143 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3144 } |
| 3145 | |
| 1984 | 3146 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3147 /* When: | |
| 3148 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3149 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3150 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3151 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3152 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3153 */ | |
| 3154 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 3155 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3156 wp->w_p_cuc | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3157 || draw_color_col |
| 1984 | 3158 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3159 || | |
| 3160 # endif | |
| 3161 # endif | |
| 3162 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3163 virtual_active() | |
| 3164 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3165 || | |
| 3166 # endif | |
| 3167 # endif | |
| 3168 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3169 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3170 # endif | |
| 3171 )) | |
| 3172 { | |
| 7 | 3173 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3174 } |
| 7 | 3175 #endif |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3178 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3179 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3180 { | |
| 3181 vcol -= c; | |
| 3182 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3183 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3184 #else | |
| 3185 --ptr; | |
| 3186 #endif | |
| 3187 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3188 } | |
| 3189 | |
| 3190 /* | |
| 3191 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3192 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3193 */ | |
| 3194 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3195 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3196 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3197 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3200 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3201 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3202 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3203 #endif | |
| 743 | 3204 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3205 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3206 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3207 if (has_spell) | |
| 3208 { | |
| 3209 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3210 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3211 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3212 |
| 3213 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3214 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3215 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3216 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3217 |
| 3218 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3219 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3220 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3221 | |
| 530 | 3222 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3223 { |
| 3224 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3225 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3226 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3227 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) |
| 1536 | 3228 - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3229 } |
| 3230 else | |
| 534 | 3231 { |
| 499 | 3232 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3233 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3234 | |
| 534 | 3235 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3236 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3237 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3238 } | |
| 499 | 3239 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3240 |
| 743 | 3241 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3242 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3243 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3244 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3245 # endif |
| 499 | 3246 } |
| 3247 #endif | |
| 7 | 3248 } |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 /* | |
| 3251 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3252 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3253 */ | |
| 3254 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3255 { | |
| 3256 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3257 { | |
| 3258 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3259 { | |
| 3260 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3261 * cursor */ | |
| 3262 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3263 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3266 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3267 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3268 } | |
| 3269 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3270 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3271 } | |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3274 /* | |
| 1326 | 3275 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3276 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3277 */ |
| 1326 | 3278 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3279 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3280 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3283 { | |
| 3284 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3285 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 else | |
| 3288 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3289 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3290 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3291 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 3292 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 3293 { | |
| 3294 v = (long)(ptr - line); | |
| 3295 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3298 * invalid. */ | |
| 3299 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3300 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3303 { | |
| 3304 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 36 | 3305 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3306 else |
| 36 | 3307 shl->startcol = 0; |
| 7 | 3308 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum |
| 3309 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 36 | 3310 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3311 else |
| 36 | 3312 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 3313 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ |
| 36 | 3314 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3315 { |
| 3316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 36 | 3317 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) |
| 474 | 3318 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3319 else |
| 3320 #endif | |
| 36 | 3321 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3322 } |
| 36 | 3323 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ |
| 7 | 3324 { |
| 3325 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3326 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3327 } | |
| 3328 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3329 } | |
| 3330 } | |
| 1326 | 3331 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3332 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3333 } |
| 3334 #endif | |
| 3335 | |
| 743 | 3336 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 818 | 3337 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is |
| 3338 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */ | |
| 3339 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active) | |
| 743 | 3340 { |
| 3341 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3342 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3343 } | |
| 3344 #endif | |
| 3345 | |
| 504 | 3346 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3347 col = 0; |
| 3348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3349 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3350 { | |
| 3351 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3352 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3353 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3354 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3355 off += col; | |
| 3356 } | |
| 3357 #endif | |
| 3358 | |
| 3359 /* | |
| 3360 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3361 */ | |
| 3362 for (;;) | |
| 3363 { | |
| 3364 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3365 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3368 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3369 { | |
| 3370 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3371 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3372 { | |
| 3373 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3374 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3375 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3376 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3377 } | |
| 3378 } | |
| 3379 #endif | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3382 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3383 { | |
| 3384 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3385 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3386 { | |
| 3387 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3388 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3389 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3390 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3391 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3392 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3393 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3394 } | |
| 3395 } | |
| 3396 #endif | |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3399 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3400 { | |
| 3401 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3402 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3403 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 3404 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 3405 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3406 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3407 # endif | |
| 3408 ) | |
| 3409 { | |
| 2661 | 3410 int text_sign; |
| 7 | 3411 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
| 2661 | 3412 int icon_sign; |
| 7 | 3413 # endif |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3416 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3417 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3418 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 if (row == startrow) | |
| 3421 { | |
| 3422 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3423 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3424 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3425 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3426 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3427 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3428 { | |
| 3429 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3430 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3431 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3432 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3433 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3434 # endif | |
| 3435 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3436 } | |
| 3437 else | |
| 3438 # endif | |
| 3439 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3440 { | |
| 3441 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3442 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3443 { | |
| 3444 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3445 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3446 } |
| 3447 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 } | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 } | |
| 3452 #endif | |
| 3453 | |
| 3454 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3455 { | |
| 3456 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3457 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3458 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3459 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3460 && (row == startrow |
| 3461 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3462 + filler_lines | |
| 3463 #endif | |
| 3464 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3465 { | |
| 3466 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3467 if (row == startrow | |
| 3468 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3469 + filler_lines | |
| 3470 #endif | |
| 3471 ) | |
| 3472 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3473 long num; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3475 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3476 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3477 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3478 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3479 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
| 2675 | 3480 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3481 |
| 13 | 3482 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3483 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3484 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3485 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3486 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3487 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3488 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3489 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3490 #endif | |
| 3491 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3492 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3493 } | |
| 3494 else | |
| 3495 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3496 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3497 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3498 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3499 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3500 * the current line differently. */ | |
| 3501 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3502 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr); | |
| 3503 #endif | |
| 7 | 3504 } |
| 3505 } | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 3508 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3509 { | |
| 3510 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3511 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3512 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3513 { | |
| 3514 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3515 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3516 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3517 else | |
| 3518 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3519 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3520 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3521 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3522 else | |
| 3523 # endif | |
| 3524 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3525 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3526 } | |
| 3527 # endif | |
| 3528 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3529 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3530 { | |
| 3531 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3532 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3533 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3534 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3535 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3536 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3537 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3538 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3539 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3540 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3541 } | |
| 3542 # endif | |
| 3543 } | |
| 3544 #endif | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3549 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3552 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3553 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3554 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3555 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3556 } | |
| 3557 else | |
| 3558 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 } | |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 819 | 3563 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin |
| 3564 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol | |
| 7 | 3565 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3566 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3567 #endif | |
| 3568 ) | |
| 3569 { | |
| 3570 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3571 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3572 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3573 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3574 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3575 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3576 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3577 else | |
| 3578 #endif | |
| 3579 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3580 break; |
| 3581 } | |
| 3582 | |
| 3583 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3584 { | |
| 3585 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3586 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3587 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3588 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3589 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3590 #endif | |
| 3591 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3592 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3593 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3594 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3595 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3596 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3597 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3598 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3601 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3602 { | |
| 3603 /* | |
| 3604 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3605 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3606 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3607 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3608 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3609 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3610 */ |
| 36 | 3611 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3612 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3613 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3614 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3615 { | |
| 3616 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3617 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3618 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3619 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3620 { | |
| 3621 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3622 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3623 } | |
| 3624 else | |
| 3625 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 3626 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 3627 { | |
| 36 | 3628 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3629 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3630 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3631 { |
| 3632 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3633 } | |
| 36 | 3634 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3635 { |
| 3636 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3641 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3642 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3643 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3646 { | |
| 36 | 3647 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3648 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3649 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3650 else |
| 36 | 3651 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3654 { |
| 3655 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3656 * it */ | |
| 3657 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3658 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3659 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3660 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3661 else |
| 3662 #endif | |
| 36 | 3663 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3664 } |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3667 * current position */ | |
| 3668 continue; | |
| 3669 } | |
| 3670 } | |
| 3671 break; | |
| 3672 } | |
| 1326 | 3673 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3674 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3675 } | |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3678 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3679 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3680 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3681 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3682 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3683 { | |
| 3684 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3685 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3686 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3687 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3688 { |
| 1326 | 3689 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3690 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3691 } |
| 1326 | 3692 else |
| 3693 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3694 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3695 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3696 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3697 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3698 } | |
| 7 | 3699 } |
| 3700 #endif | |
| 3701 | |
| 3702 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3703 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3704 { |
| 1295 | 3705 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3706 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3707 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3708 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3709 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3710 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3711 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 3712 } | |
| 3713 #endif | |
| 3714 | |
| 3715 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3716 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3717 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3718 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3719 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3720 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3721 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3722 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3723 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3724 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3725 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3726 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3727 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3728 #endif | |
| 3729 else | |
| 3730 { | |
| 3731 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3732 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3733 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3734 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3735 else | |
| 3736 #endif | |
| 3737 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3738 } | |
| 7 | 3739 } |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 /* | |
| 3742 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3743 */ | |
| 3744 /* | |
| 1340 | 3745 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3746 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3747 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3748 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3749 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3750 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3751 */ | |
| 3752 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3753 { | |
| 3754 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3755 { | |
| 3756 c = c_extra; | |
| 3757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3758 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 3759 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 3760 { | |
| 3761 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 3762 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 3763 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3764 } |
| 3765 else | |
| 3766 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3767 #endif | |
| 3768 } | |
| 3769 else | |
| 3770 { | |
| 3771 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3773 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3774 { | |
| 3775 mb_c = c; | |
| 3776 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3777 { | |
| 3778 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 3779 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3780 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3781 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3782 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 3783 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3784 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3785 { | |
| 714 | 3786 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3787 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 3788 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3789 } |
| 3790 } | |
| 3791 else | |
| 3792 { | |
| 3793 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 3794 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3795 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 3796 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3797 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3798 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 3799 } | |
| 504 | 3800 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 3801 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3802 | |
| 7 | 3803 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 3804 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 3805 if (( |
| 7 | 3806 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 3807 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3808 # endif | |
| 504 | 3809 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 3810 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 3811 { | |
| 3812 c = '>'; | |
| 3813 mb_c = c; | |
| 3814 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3815 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3816 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3817 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 3818 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 3819 ++n_extra; | |
| 3820 --p_extra; | |
| 3821 } | |
| 3822 else | |
| 3823 { | |
| 3824 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 3825 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 } | |
| 3828 #endif | |
| 3829 ++p_extra; | |
| 3830 } | |
| 3831 --n_extra; | |
| 3832 } | |
| 3833 else | |
| 3834 { | |
| 3835 /* | |
| 3836 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 3837 */ | |
| 3838 c = *ptr; | |
| 3839 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3840 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3841 { | |
| 3842 mb_c = c; | |
| 3843 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3844 { | |
| 3845 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 3846 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3847 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3848 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3849 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3850 { | |
| 714 | 3851 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3852 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 3853 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 3854 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 3855 c = mb_c; | |
| 3856 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 3857 |
| 3858 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 3859 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 3860 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 3861 { | |
| 1326 | 3862 int i; |
| 3863 | |
| 714 | 3864 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 3865 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 3866 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 3867 mb_c = ' '; |
| 3868 } | |
| 7 | 3869 } |
| 3870 | |
| 3871 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 3872 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 3873 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 3874 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 3875 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 3876 # endif | |
| 3877 ))) | |
| 7 | 3878 { |
| 3879 /* | |
| 3880 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 3881 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 3882 */ | |
| 1401 | 3883 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3884 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 3885 # endif |
| 7 | 3886 { |
| 3887 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 3888 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 3889 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 3890 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 3891 # endif |
| 7 | 3892 } |
| 1401 | 3893 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3894 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 3895 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 3896 else | |
| 3897 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 3898 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 3899 # endif |
| 7 | 3900 |
| 3901 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3902 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3903 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 3904 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 3905 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 3906 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3907 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3910 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3911 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3912 } | |
| 3913 } | |
| 3914 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3915 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3916 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 3917 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 3920 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 3921 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 3922 |
| 3923 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 3924 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 3925 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3926 { | |
| 3927 pc = prev_c; | |
| 3928 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 3929 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 3930 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 3931 } |
| 3932 else | |
| 3933 { | |
| 714 | 3934 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 3935 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 3936 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 3937 } |
| 3938 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3939 | |
| 714 | 3940 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 3941 } |
| 3942 else | |
| 3943 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3944 #endif | |
| 3945 } | |
| 3946 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 3947 { | |
| 3948 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3949 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3950 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3951 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3952 { | |
| 3953 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 3954 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 3955 */ | |
| 3956 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 3957 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 3958 else | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 3961 { | |
| 3962 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 3963 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3964 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 3965 } | |
| 3966 else | |
| 3967 { | |
| 3968 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 3969 mb_l = 2; | |
| 3970 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 3971 } | |
| 3972 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3973 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 3974 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3975 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 3976 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3977 { | |
| 3978 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3979 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3980 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3981 } | |
| 3982 mb_c = c; | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3985 } | |
| 3986 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 3987 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 3988 * next line. */ | |
| 3989 if (( | |
| 3990 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3991 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3992 # endif | |
| 3993 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 3994 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 3995 { | |
| 3996 c = '>'; | |
| 3997 mb_c = c; | |
| 3998 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3999 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4000 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4001 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4002 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4003 --ptr; | |
| 4004 } | |
| 4005 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4006 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4009 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
|
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4010 * charactes. */ |
|
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4011 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4012 { |
| 4013 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 4014 c_extra = '<'; |
| 7 | 4015 c = ' '; |
| 4016 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4017 { | |
| 4018 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4019 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4020 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4021 } | |
| 4022 mb_c = c; | |
| 4023 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4024 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4025 } | |
| 4026 | |
| 4027 } | |
| 4028 #endif | |
| 4029 ++ptr; | |
| 4030 | |
| 12 | 4031 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4032 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4033 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4034 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4035 #endif | |
| 4036 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4037 { |
| 4038 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4039 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4040 { | |
| 4041 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4042 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4043 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4044 } | |
| 4045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4046 mb_c = c; | |
| 4047 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4048 { | |
| 4049 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4050 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4051 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4052 } |
| 4053 else | |
| 4054 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4055 #endif | |
| 4056 } | |
| 4057 | |
| 7 | 4058 if (extra_check) |
| 4059 { | |
| 743 | 4060 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4061 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4062 #endif |
| 4063 | |
| 4064 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4065 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4066 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4067 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4068 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4069 { |
| 4070 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4071 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4072 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4073 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4074 | |
| 221 | 4075 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4076 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4077 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4078 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4079 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4080 |
| 4081 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4082 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4083 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4084 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4085 } | |
| 7 | 4086 else |
| 4087 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4090 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4091 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4092 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4093 | |
| 674 | 4094 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4095 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4096 else |
| 303 | 4097 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4098 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4099 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4100 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4101 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4102 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4103 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4104 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4105 # endif |
| 7 | 4106 } |
| 743 | 4107 #endif |
| 4108 | |
| 4109 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4110 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4111 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4112 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4113 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4114 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4115 { |
| 230 | 4116 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4117 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4118 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4119 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4120 # endif |
| 4121 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4122 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4123 !has_syntax || | |
| 4124 # endif | |
| 4125 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4126 { |
| 348 | 4127 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4128 int len; | |
| 534 | 4129 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4130 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4131 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4132 { | |
| 4133 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4134 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4135 } | |
| 4136 else | |
| 221 | 4137 # endif |
| 336 | 4138 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4139 |
| 4140 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4141 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4142 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4143 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4144 else | |
| 4145 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4146 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4147 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4148 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4149 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4150 |
| 4151 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4152 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4153 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4154 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4155 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4156 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4157 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4158 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4159 { |
| 534 | 4160 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4161 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4162 } |
| 348 | 4163 |
| 534 | 4164 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4165 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4166 { | |
| 4167 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4168 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4169 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4170 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4171 } |
| 386 | 4172 |
| 534 | 4173 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4174 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4175 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4176 | |
| 386 | 4177 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4180 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4181 { | |
| 4182 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4183 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4184 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4185 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4186 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4187 } |
| 4188 else | |
| 4189 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4190 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4191 } |
| 221 | 4192 } |
| 4193 } | |
| 4194 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4195 { |
| 674 | 4196 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4197 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4198 else | |
| 4199 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4200 } | |
| 7 | 4201 #endif |
| 4202 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4203 /* | |
| 221 | 4204 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4205 */ |
| 4206 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) | |
| 819 | 4207 && !wp->w_p_list) |
| 7 | 4208 { |
| 4209 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( | |
| 4210 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4211 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4212 # endif | |
| 4213 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; | |
| 4214 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4215 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
| 4216 c = ' '; | |
| 4217 } | |
| 4218 #endif | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4221 { | |
| 4222 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4223 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4224 { |
| 4225 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4226 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4227 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4228 } | |
| 4229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4230 mb_c = c; | |
| 4231 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4232 { | |
| 4233 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4234 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4235 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4236 } |
| 4237 else | |
| 4238 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4239 #endif | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 } | |
| 4242 | |
| 4243 /* | |
| 4244 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4245 */ | |
| 819 | 4246 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4247 { |
| 4248 /* | |
| 4249 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4250 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4251 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4252 */ | |
| 4253 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4254 { | |
| 4255 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4256 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 3004 | 4257 - VCOL_HLC % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
| 7 | 4258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 4259 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4260 #endif | |
| 4261 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4262 { | |
| 4263 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4264 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4265 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4266 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4267 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4268 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4269 mb_c = c; | |
| 4270 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4271 { | |
| 4272 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4273 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4274 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4275 } |
| 4276 #endif | |
| 4277 } | |
| 4278 else | |
| 4279 { | |
| 4280 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4281 c = ' '; | |
| 4282 } | |
| 4283 } | |
| 36 | 4284 else if (c == NUL |
| 4285 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4286 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4287 && tocol > vcol | |
| 39 | 4288 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 36 | 4289 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V |
| 39 | 4290 #endif |
| 36 | 4291 && ( |
| 4292 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4293 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4294 # endif | |
| 4295 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4296 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4297 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4298 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4299 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4300 { |
| 36 | 4301 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4302 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4303 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4304 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4305 * "$". */ | |
| 4306 if ( | |
| 4307 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4308 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4309 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4310 && | |
| 4311 # endif | |
| 4312 # endif | |
| 4313 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4314 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4315 # endif | |
| 4316 ) | |
| 4317 #endif | |
| 4318 { | |
| 4319 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4320 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4321 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4322 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4323 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4324 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4325 else | |
| 4326 #endif | |
| 4327 { | |
| 4328 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4329 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4330 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4331 } | |
| 4332 } | |
| 36 | 4333 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4334 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4335 else | |
| 4336 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4337 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4338 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4339 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4340 { |
| 4341 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4342 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4343 } | |
| 4344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4345 mb_c = c; | |
| 4346 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4347 { | |
| 4348 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4349 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4350 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4351 } |
| 4352 else | |
| 4353 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4354 #endif | |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4357 { | |
| 4358 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 4359 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4360 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4361 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4362 #endif | |
| 4363 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4364 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4365 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 674 | 4366 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4367 { |
| 4368 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4369 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4370 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4371 } | |
| 4372 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4373 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4374 #endif | |
| 4375 } | |
| 4376 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4377 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4378 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4379 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4380 && virtual_active() | |
| 4381 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4382 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4383 && ( | |
| 4384 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4385 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4386 # endif | |
| 4387 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4388 { | |
| 4389 c = ' '; | |
| 4390 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4391 } | |
| 4392 #endif | |
| 910 | 4393 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4394 else if (( |
| 4395 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4396 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4397 # endif |
| 4398 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4399 ) && ( | |
| 4400 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4401 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4402 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4403 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4404 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4405 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4406 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4407 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4408 { |
| 4409 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4410 c = ' '; | |
| 4411 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4412 |
| 4413 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4414 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4417 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4418 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4419 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4420 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4421 { | |
| 4422 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4423 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 4424 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 4425 } | |
| 4426 # endif | |
| 4427 } | |
| 4428 #endif | |
| 4429 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4430 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4431 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4432 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4433 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4434 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4435 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4436 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4437 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4438 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4439 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4440 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4441 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4442 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4443 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4444 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4445 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4446 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4447 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4448 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4449 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4450 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4451 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4452 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4453 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4454 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4455 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4456 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4457 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4458 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4459 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4460 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4461 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4462 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4463 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4464 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4465 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4466 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4467 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4468 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4469 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4470 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4471 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4472 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4473 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4474 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4475 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4476 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4478 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4479 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4480 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4481 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4482 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4483 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4484 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4485 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4486 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4487 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4488 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4489 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4490 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4491 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4492 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4493 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4494 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4495 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4496 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4497 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4498 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4499 } |
| 4500 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4501 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4502 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4503 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4504 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4505 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4506 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4507 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4508 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4509 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4510 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4511 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4512 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4513 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4514 |
| 7 | 4515 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4516 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4517 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4518 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4519 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4520 | |
| 42 | 4521 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4522 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4523 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4524 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4525 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4526 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4527 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4528 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4529 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4530 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4531 { | |
| 4532 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4535 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4536 else |
| 4537 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4538 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4539 { | |
| 4540 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4543 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4544 } | |
| 4545 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4546 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4547 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4548 feedback_col++; | |
| 4549 } | |
| 4550 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4551 { | |
| 4552 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4553 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4554 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4555 } | |
| 4556 } | |
| 4557 #endif | |
| 4558 /* | |
| 4559 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4560 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4561 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4562 */ | |
| 4563 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 4564 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) | |
| 4565 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4566 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4567 #endif | |
| 4568 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4569 && c != NUL) | |
| 4570 { | |
| 4571 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4572 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4574 mb_c = c; | |
| 4575 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4576 { | |
| 4577 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4578 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4579 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4580 } |
| 4581 else | |
| 4582 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4583 #endif | |
| 674 | 4584 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4585 { |
| 4586 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4587 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4588 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4589 } | |
| 4590 } | |
| 4591 | |
| 4592 /* | |
| 867 | 4593 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4594 */ |
| 867 | 4595 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4596 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4597 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4598 #endif | |
| 4599 ) | |
| 4600 { | |
| 4601 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4602 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4603 |
| 4604 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4605 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4606 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4607 #endif |
| 4608 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4609 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4610 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4611 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4612 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4613 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4614 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4615 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4616 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4617 else | |
| 4618 { | |
| 4619 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4620 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4621 { | |
| 4622 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4623 { | |
| 4624 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4625 break; | |
| 4626 } | |
| 4627 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4628 } | |
| 4629 } | |
| 4630 #endif | |
| 7 | 4631 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4632 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4633 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 4634 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4635 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4636 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4637 #endif | |
| 4638 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4639 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4640 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4641 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 4642 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4643 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 4644 # endif | |
| 4645 ) | |
| 7 | 4646 #endif |
| 4647 )) | |
| 4648 { | |
| 4649 int n = 0; | |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4652 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4653 { | |
| 4654 if (col < 0) | |
| 4655 n = 1; | |
| 4656 } | |
| 4657 else | |
| 4658 #endif | |
| 4659 { | |
| 4660 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 4661 n = -1; | |
| 4662 } | |
| 4663 if (n != 0) | |
| 4664 { | |
| 4665 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 4666 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 4667 off += n; | |
| 4668 col += n; | |
| 4669 } | |
| 4670 else | |
| 4671 { | |
| 4672 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 4673 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4674 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4675 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4676 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4677 #endif | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4680 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 4681 { | |
| 1326 | 4682 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 4683 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 4684 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 4685 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4686 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4687 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 4688 { |
| 1326 | 4689 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 4690 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 4691 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4692 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4693 { |
| 1326 | 4694 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4695 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4696 } |
| 1326 | 4697 else |
| 4698 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4699 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 4700 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 4701 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4702 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 4703 } |
| 7 | 4704 } |
| 4705 #endif | |
| 4706 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4707 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4708 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 4709 { |
| 7 | 4710 --col; |
| 1437 | 4711 --off; |
| 4712 } | |
| 7 | 4713 else |
| 4714 #endif | |
| 1437 | 4715 { |
| 7 | 4716 ++col; |
| 1437 | 4717 ++off; |
| 4718 } | |
| 743 | 4719 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 4720 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 4721 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 4722 #endif | |
| 743 | 4723 } |
| 867 | 4724 } |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 /* | |
| 4727 * At end of the text line. | |
| 4728 */ | |
| 4729 if (c == NUL) | |
| 4730 { | |
| 743 | 4731 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 4732 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 4733 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 4734 { |
| 4735 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 4736 --col; | |
| 4737 --off; | |
| 4738 --vcol; | |
| 4739 } | |
| 4740 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4741 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 4742 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 4743 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 4744 else | |
| 4745 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4746 |
| 820 | 4747 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 4748 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 4749 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4750 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4751 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4752 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4753 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4754 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4755 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4756 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4757 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4758 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4759 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4760 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4761 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4762 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4763 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4764 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4765 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 4766 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4767 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 4768 # endif | |
| 4769 ) | |
| 4770 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4771 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4772 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4773 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4774 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4775 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4776 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4777 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4778 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4779 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4780 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4781 |
| 743 | 4782 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4783 { | |
| 4784 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4786 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4787 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4788 #endif | |
| 4789 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4790 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4791 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4792 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4793 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4794 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4795 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4796 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4797 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4798 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4799 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4800 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4801 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 4802 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4803 |
| 743 | 4804 ++vcol; |
| 4805 } | |
| 4806 } | |
| 4807 #endif | |
| 7 | 4808 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4809 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4810 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 4811 row++; |
| 4812 | |
| 4813 /* | |
| 4814 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 4815 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 4816 */ | |
| 4817 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4818 { | |
| 4819 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 4820 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 4821 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 4822 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 4823 #endif | |
| 4824 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 4825 } | |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 break; | |
| 4828 } | |
| 4829 | |
| 4830 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 4831 if (lcs_ext | |
| 4832 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 4833 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4834 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4835 #endif | |
| 4836 && ( | |
| 4837 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4838 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 4839 #endif | |
| 4840 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 4841 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 4842 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 4843 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 4844 { | |
| 4845 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 4846 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4847 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4848 mb_c = c; | |
| 4849 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4850 { | |
| 4851 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4852 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4853 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4854 } |
| 4855 else | |
| 4856 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4857 #endif | |
| 4858 } | |
| 4859 | |
| 743 | 4860 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4861 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4862 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4863 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4864 |
| 743 | 4865 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4866 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4867 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4868 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4869 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4870 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4871 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4872 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4873 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4874 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4875 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4876 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4877 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
4878 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4879 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4880 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4881 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4882 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4883 } |
| 743 | 4884 #endif |
| 4885 | |
| 7 | 4886 /* |
| 4887 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 4888 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 4889 */ | |
| 4890 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 4891 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 4892 { | |
| 4893 /* | |
| 4894 * Store the character. | |
| 4895 */ | |
| 4896 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 4897 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4898 { | |
| 4899 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 4900 --off; | |
| 4901 --col; | |
| 4902 } | |
| 4903 #endif | |
| 4904 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 4905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4906 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4907 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4908 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4909 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 4910 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4911 } |
| 7 | 4912 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 4913 { | |
| 4914 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 4915 { | |
| 1326 | 4916 int i; |
| 4917 | |
| 7 | 4918 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 4919 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 4920 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 4921 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 4922 { | |
| 4923 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 4924 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 4925 break; | |
| 4926 } | |
| 7 | 4927 } |
| 4928 else | |
| 4929 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4930 } | |
| 4931 if (multi_attr) | |
| 4932 { | |
| 4933 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 4934 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 4935 } | |
| 4936 else | |
| 4937 #endif | |
| 4938 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4941 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4942 { | |
| 4943 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 4944 ++off; | |
| 4945 ++col; | |
| 4946 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4947 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4948 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 4949 else | |
| 4950 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4951 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 4952 ++vcol; | |
| 4953 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 4954 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 4955 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 4956 ++tocol; | |
| 4957 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4958 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4959 { | |
| 4960 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 4961 --off; | |
| 4962 --col; | |
| 4963 } | |
| 4964 #endif | |
| 4965 } | |
| 4966 #endif | |
| 4967 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4968 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4969 { | |
| 4970 --off; | |
| 4971 --col; | |
| 4972 } | |
| 4973 else | |
| 4974 #endif | |
| 4975 { | |
| 4976 ++off; | |
| 4977 ++col; | |
| 4978 } | |
| 4979 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4980 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4981 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4982 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4983 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4984 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4985 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4986 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4987 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4988 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4989 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4990 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4991 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4992 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4993 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4994 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4995 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4996 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4997 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4998 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4999 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5000 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5001 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5002 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5003 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5004 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5005 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5006 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5007 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5008 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5009 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5010 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5011 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5012 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5013 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5014 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5015 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5016 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5017 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5018 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5019 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5020 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5021 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5022 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5023 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5024 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5025 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5026 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5027 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5028 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5029 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5030 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5031 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5032 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5033 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5034 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5035 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5036 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5037 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5038 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5039 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5040 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5041 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5042 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5043 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5044 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5045 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5046 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5047 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5048 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5049 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5050 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5051 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5052 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5053 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5054 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5055 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5056 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5057 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5058 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5059 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5060 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5061 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5062 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5063 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5064 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5065 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5066 else |
| 5067 --n_skip; | |
| 5068 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5069 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5070 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5071 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5072 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5073 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5074 #endif | |
| 5075 ) | |
| 5076 ++vcol; | |
| 5077 | |
| 743 | 5078 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5079 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5080 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5081 #endif | |
| 5082 | |
| 7 | 5083 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5084 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5085 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5086 | |
| 5087 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5088 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5089 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 /* | |
| 5092 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5093 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5094 */ |
| 5095 if (( | |
| 5096 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5097 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5098 #endif | |
| 5099 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5100 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5101 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5102 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5103 #endif | |
| 2724 | 5104 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
| 7 | 5105 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
| 5106 ) | |
| 5107 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5108 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5109 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5110 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5111 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5112 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5113 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5114 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5115 #endif |
| 7 | 5116 ++row; |
| 5117 ++screen_row; | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5120 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5121 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5122 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5123 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5124 #endif | |
| 5125 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5126 break; | |
| 5127 | |
| 5128 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5129 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5130 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5131 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5132 #endif | |
| 5133 ) | |
| 5134 { | |
| 5135 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5136 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5137 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5138 #endif | |
| 5139 row = endrow; | |
| 5140 } | |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5143 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5144 { | |
| 5145 ++row; | |
| 5146 break; | |
| 5147 } | |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5150 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5151 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5152 #endif | |
| 5153 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5154 { | |
| 5155 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5156 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 /* | |
| 5159 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5160 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5161 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5162 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5163 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5164 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5165 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5166 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5167 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5168 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5169 */ | |
| 5170 if (p_tf | |
| 5171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5172 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5173 #endif | |
| 5174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5175 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5176 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5177 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5178 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5179 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5180 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5181 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5182 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5183 #endif |
| 5184 ) | |
| 5185 { | |
| 5186 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5187 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5188 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5189 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5190 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5191 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5192 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5193 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5196 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5197 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5198 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5199 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5200 out_char(' '); |
| 5201 else | |
| 5202 #endif | |
| 5203 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5204 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5205 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5206 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5207 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 } | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 col = 0; | |
| 5212 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5214 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5215 { | |
| 5216 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5217 off += col; | |
| 5218 } | |
| 5219 #endif | |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5222 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5223 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5224 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5225 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5226 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5227 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5228 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5229 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5230 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5231 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5232 # endif | |
| 5233 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5234 #endif | |
| 5235 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5236 --filler_todo; | |
| 5237 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5238 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5239 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5240 break; | |
| 5241 #endif | |
| 5242 } | |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5245 | |
| 743 | 5246 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5247 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5248 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5249 { | |
| 5250 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5251 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5252 } | |
| 5253 #endif | |
| 5254 | |
| 7 | 5255 return row; |
| 5256 } | |
| 5257 | |
| 714 | 5258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5259 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 /* | |
| 5262 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5263 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5264 */ |
| 5265 static int | |
| 5266 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5267 int off_from; | |
| 5268 int off_to; | |
| 5269 { | |
| 5270 int i; | |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5273 { | |
| 5274 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5275 return TRUE; | |
| 5276 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5277 break; | |
| 5278 } | |
| 5279 return FALSE; | |
| 5280 } | |
| 5281 #endif | |
| 5282 | |
| 7 | 5283 /* |
| 5284 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5285 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5286 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5287 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5288 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5289 */ |
| 5290 static int | |
| 5291 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5292 int off_from; | |
| 5293 int off_to; | |
| 5294 int cols; | |
| 5295 { | |
| 5296 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5297 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5298 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5301 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5302 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5303 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5304 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5305 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5306 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5307 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5308 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5309 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5310 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 5311 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5312 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5313 #endif |
| 5314 )) | |
| 5315 return TRUE; | |
| 5316 return FALSE; | |
| 5317 } | |
| 5318 | |
| 5319 /* | |
| 5320 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5321 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5322 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5323 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5324 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5325 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5326 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5327 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5328 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5329 */ | |
| 5330 static void | |
| 5331 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5332 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5333 , rlflag | |
| 5334 #endif | |
| 5335 ) | |
| 5336 int row; | |
| 5337 int coloff; | |
| 5338 int endcol; | |
| 5339 int clear_width; | |
| 5340 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5341 int rlflag; | |
| 5342 #endif | |
| 5343 { | |
| 5344 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5345 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5347 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5348 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5349 #endif | |
| 7 | 5350 int col = 0; |
| 5351 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5352 int hl; | |
| 5353 #endif | |
| 5354 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5355 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5356 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5357 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5358 #endif | |
| 5359 ; | |
| 5360 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5362 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5363 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5364 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5365 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5366 #else | |
| 5367 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5368 #endif | |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 5371 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5372 # endif | |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5375 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5376 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5377 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5378 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5379 #endif | |
| 7 | 5380 |
| 5381 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5382 if (rlflag) | |
| 5383 { | |
| 5384 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5385 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5386 { | |
| 5387 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5388 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5389 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5390 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5391 # endif | |
| 5392 ) | |
| 5393 { | |
| 5394 ++off_to; | |
| 5395 ++col; | |
| 5396 } | |
| 5397 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5398 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5399 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5400 } | |
| 5401 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5402 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5403 off_from += col; | |
| 5404 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5405 } | |
| 5406 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5407 | |
| 5408 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5411 { | |
| 5412 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5413 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5414 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5415 else |
| 5416 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5417 #endif | |
| 5418 | |
| 5419 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5420 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5421 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5424 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5425 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5426 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5427 */ | |
| 5428 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5429 { | |
| 5430 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5431 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5432 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5433 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5434 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5435 } | |
| 5436 #endif | |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5439 { | |
| 5440 /* | |
| 5441 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5442 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5443 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5444 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5445 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5446 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5447 * character. | |
| 5448 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5449 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5450 * completely. | |
| 5451 */ | |
| 5452 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5453 && !force | |
| 5454 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5455 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5456 #endif | |
| 5457 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5458 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5459 { | |
| 5460 /* | |
| 5461 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5462 */ | |
| 5463 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5464 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5465 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5466 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5467 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 /* | |
| 5470 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5471 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5472 */ | |
| 5473 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5474 { | |
| 5475 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5476 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5477 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5478 } | |
| 5479 else | |
| 5480 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5481 } | |
| 5482 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5483 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5484 { | |
| 5485 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5486 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5487 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5488 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5489 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5490 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5491 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5492 { |
| 5493 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5494 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5495 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5496 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5497 } | |
| 5498 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5499 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5500 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5501 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5502 { |
| 5503 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5504 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5505 * cell. */ | |
| 5506 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5507 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5508 } | |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5511 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5512 } | |
| 5513 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5514 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5515 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5516 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5517 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5518 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5519 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5520 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5521 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5522 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5523 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5524 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5525 #endif | |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5528 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5529 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5530 { | |
| 5531 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5532 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5533 { | |
| 714 | 5534 int i; |
| 5535 | |
| 5536 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5537 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5538 } |
| 5539 } | |
| 5540 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5541 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5542 #endif | |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5545 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5546 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5547 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5548 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5549 if ( | |
| 5550 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5551 gui.in_use | |
| 5552 # endif | |
| 5553 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5554 || | |
| 5555 # endif | |
| 5556 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5557 term_is_xterm | |
| 5558 # endif | |
| 5559 ) | |
| 5560 { | |
| 5561 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5562 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5563 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5564 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5565 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5566 } | |
| 5567 #endif | |
| 5568 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5570 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5571 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5572 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5573 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5574 | |
| 7 | 5575 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5576 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5577 else | |
| 5578 #endif | |
| 5579 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5580 } | |
| 5581 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5582 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5583 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5584 #endif | |
| 5585 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5586 { | |
| 5587 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5588 { | |
| 5589 /* | |
| 5590 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5591 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5592 */ | |
| 5593 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5594 } | |
| 5595 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5596 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5597 } | |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5600 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5601 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5602 } | |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5605 if (clear_next) | |
| 5606 { | |
| 5607 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5608 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5609 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5610 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5611 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5612 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5613 } | |
| 5614 #endif | |
| 5615 | |
| 5616 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5617 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5618 && !rlflag | |
| 5619 #endif | |
| 5620 ) | |
| 5621 { | |
| 5622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5623 int startCol = col; | |
| 5624 #endif | |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5627 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5628 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5629 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5630 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5631 #endif | |
| 5632 ) | |
| 5633 { | |
| 5634 ++off_to; | |
| 5635 ++col; | |
| 5636 } | |
| 5637 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 5638 { | |
| 5639 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5640 /* | |
| 5641 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 5642 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 5643 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 5644 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 5645 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 5646 */ | |
| 996 | 5647 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 5648 { |
| 5649 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 5650 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 5651 { |
| 5652 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 5653 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5654 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5655 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 5656 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 5657 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 5658 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5659 { | |
| 5660 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 5661 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 5662 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 5663 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 5664 |
| 5665 while (off < off_to) | |
| 5666 { | |
| 1378 | 5667 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 5668 off += prev_cells; |
| 5669 } | |
| 5670 } | |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 5673 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5674 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5675 else | |
| 5676 # endif | |
| 5677 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5678 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5679 } | |
| 7 | 5680 } |
| 5681 #endif | |
| 5682 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 5683 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5684 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5685 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 5686 col = clear_width; | |
| 5687 #endif | |
| 5688 } | |
| 5689 } | |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5692 { | |
| 5693 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5694 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 5695 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 5696 { | |
| 5697 int c; | |
| 5698 | |
| 5699 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5700 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c | |
| 5701 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 5702 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 5703 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 5704 # endif |
| 5705 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 5706 { | |
| 5707 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 5708 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 5709 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5710 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5711 { | |
| 5712 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 5713 { | |
| 5714 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 5715 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 5716 } |
| 5717 else | |
| 5718 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5719 } | |
| 5720 # endif | |
| 5721 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5722 } | |
| 5723 } | |
| 5724 else | |
| 5725 #endif | |
| 5726 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 5727 } | |
| 5728 } | |
| 5729 | |
| 474 | 5730 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5731 /* |
| 474 | 5732 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 5733 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 5734 */ |
| 474 | 5735 void |
| 7 | 5736 rl_mirror(str) |
| 5737 char_u *str; | |
| 5738 { | |
| 5739 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 5740 int t; | |
| 5741 | |
| 5742 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 5743 { | |
| 5744 t = *p1; | |
| 5745 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 5746 *p2 = t; | |
| 5747 } | |
| 5748 } | |
| 5749 #endif | |
| 5750 | |
| 5751 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5752 /* | |
| 5753 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 5754 */ | |
| 5755 void | |
| 5756 status_redraw_all() | |
| 5757 { | |
| 5758 win_T *wp; | |
| 5759 | |
| 5760 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5761 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 5762 { | |
| 5763 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5764 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5765 } | |
| 5766 } | |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 /* | |
| 5769 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 5770 */ | |
| 5771 void | |
| 5772 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 5773 { | |
| 5774 win_T *wp; | |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5777 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 5778 { | |
| 5779 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5780 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5781 } | |
| 5782 } | |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 /* | |
| 5785 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 5786 */ | |
| 5787 void | |
| 5788 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 5789 { | |
| 5790 win_T *wp; | |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5793 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 5794 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 5795 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 5796 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 5797 } |
| 5798 #endif | |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5801 /* | |
| 5802 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 5803 */ | |
| 5804 void | |
| 5805 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 5806 frame_T *frp; | |
| 5807 { | |
| 5808 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 5809 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5810 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 5811 { | |
| 5812 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 5813 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5814 } | |
| 5815 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 5816 { | |
| 5817 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 5818 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 5819 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 5820 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5821 } | |
| 5822 } | |
| 5823 #endif | |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5826 /* | |
| 5827 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 5828 */ | |
| 5829 static void | |
| 5830 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 5831 win_T *wp; | |
| 5832 int row; | |
| 5833 { | |
| 5834 int hl; | |
| 5835 int c; | |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 5838 { | |
| 5839 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 5840 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5841 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 5842 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 5843 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 5844 } | |
| 5845 } | |
| 5846 #endif | |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 5849 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 5850 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 5851 |
| 5852 /* | |
| 1378 | 5853 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 5854 */ |
| 5855 static int | |
| 5856 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 5857 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5858 char_u *s; | |
| 5859 { | |
| 5860 int len = 0; | |
| 5861 | |
| 5862 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5863 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5864 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 5867 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 5868 return 1; | |
| 5869 #endif | |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5872 { | |
| 1685 | 5873 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 5874 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 5875 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 5876 } |
| 5877 | |
| 5878 return len; | |
| 5879 } | |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 /* | |
| 1685 | 5882 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 5883 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 5884 */ | |
| 5885 static int | |
| 5886 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 5887 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5888 char_u *s; | |
| 5889 { | |
| 1685 | 5890 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 5891 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 5892 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5893 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 5894 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 5895 #endif | |
| 1685 | 5896 ) |
| 5897 { | |
| 5898 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5899 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 5900 return 2; | |
| 5901 #endif | |
| 5902 return 1; | |
| 5903 } | |
| 5904 return 0; | |
| 277 | 5905 } |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 /* | |
| 7 | 5908 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 5909 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 5910 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 5911 * | |
| 5912 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 5913 */ | |
| 5914 void | |
| 5915 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 5916 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5917 int num_matches; | |
| 5918 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 5919 int match; | |
| 5920 int showtail; | |
| 5921 { | |
| 5922 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 5923 int row; | |
| 5924 char_u *buf; | |
| 5925 int len; | |
| 1378 | 5926 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 5927 int fillchar; |
| 5928 int attr; | |
| 5929 int i; | |
| 5930 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 5931 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 5932 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 5933 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 5934 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 5935 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 5936 char_u *s; | |
| 5937 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5938 int emenu; | |
| 5939 #endif | |
| 5940 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 5941 int l; | |
| 5942 #endif | |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 5945 return; | |
| 5946 | |
| 39 | 5947 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5948 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5949 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 5950 else | |
| 5951 #endif | |
| 5952 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 5953 if (buf == NULL) |
| 5954 return; | |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 5957 { | |
| 5958 match = 0; | |
| 5959 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 5960 } | |
| 5961 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 5962 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 5963 if (match == 0) | |
| 5964 first_match = 0; | |
| 5965 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 5966 { | |
| 5967 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 5968 first_match = match; | |
| 5969 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5970 } | |
| 5971 else | |
| 5972 { | |
| 5973 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 5974 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 5975 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5976 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 5977 clen += 2; | |
| 5978 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 5979 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 5980 { | |
| 5981 first_match = match; | |
| 5982 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 5983 clen = 2; | |
| 5984 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 5985 { | |
| 5986 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5987 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5988 break; | |
| 5989 } | |
| 5990 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 5991 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5992 } | |
| 5993 } | |
| 5994 if (add_left) | |
| 5995 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 5996 { | |
| 5997 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 5998 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5999 break; | |
| 6000 --first_match; | |
| 6001 } | |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6004 | |
| 6005 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6006 { | |
| 6007 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6008 len = 0; | |
| 6009 } | |
| 6010 else | |
| 6011 { | |
| 6012 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6013 len = 2; | |
| 6014 } | |
| 6015 clen = len; | |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 i = first_match; | |
| 6018 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6019 { | |
| 6020 if (i == match) | |
| 6021 { | |
| 6022 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6023 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6024 } | |
| 6025 | |
| 6026 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6027 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6028 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6029 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6030 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6031 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6032 { | |
| 6033 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6034 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6035 len += l; | |
| 6036 clen += l; | |
| 6037 } | |
| 6038 else | |
| 6039 #endif | |
| 6040 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6041 { | |
| 1685 | 6042 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6043 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6045 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6046 { |
| 6047 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6048 s += l - 1; | |
| 6049 len += l; | |
| 6050 } | |
| 6051 else | |
| 6052 #endif | |
| 6053 { | |
| 6054 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6055 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6056 } | |
| 6057 } | |
| 6058 if (i == match) | |
| 6059 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6060 | |
| 6061 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6062 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6063 clen += 2; | |
| 6064 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6065 break; | |
| 6066 } | |
| 6067 | |
| 6068 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6069 { | |
| 6070 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6071 ++clen; | |
| 6072 } | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6077 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6078 { | |
| 6079 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6080 { | |
| 6081 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6082 { | |
| 6083 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6084 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6085 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6086 { | |
| 6087 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6088 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6089 } | |
| 6090 else | |
| 6091 { | |
| 6092 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6093 ++row; | |
| 6094 } | |
| 6095 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6096 } | |
| 6097 else | |
| 6098 { | |
| 6099 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6100 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6101 * resized. */ | |
| 6102 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6103 { | |
| 6104 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6105 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6106 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6107 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6108 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6109 } | |
| 6110 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6111 } | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 | |
| 6114 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6115 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6116 { | |
| 6117 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6118 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6119 } | |
| 6120 | |
| 6121 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6122 } | |
| 6123 | |
| 6124 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6125 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6126 #else | |
| 6127 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6128 #endif | |
| 6129 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6130 } | |
| 6131 #endif | |
| 6132 | |
| 6133 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6134 /* | |
| 6135 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6136 * | |
| 6137 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6138 */ | |
| 6139 void | |
| 6140 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6141 win_T *wp; | |
| 6142 { | |
| 6143 int row; | |
| 6144 char_u *p; | |
| 6145 int len; | |
| 6146 int fillchar; | |
| 6147 int attr; | |
| 6148 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6149 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6152 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6153 if (busy) | |
| 6154 return; | |
| 6155 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6156 |
| 6157 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6158 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6159 { | |
| 6160 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6161 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6162 } | |
| 540 | 6163 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6164 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6165 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6166 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6167 || pum_visible() | |
| 6168 #endif | |
| 6169 ) | |
| 7 | 6170 { |
| 6171 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6172 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6173 } | |
| 6174 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6175 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6176 { |
| 6177 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6178 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6179 } |
| 6180 #endif | |
| 6181 else | |
| 6182 { | |
| 6183 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6184 | |
| 685 | 6185 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6186 p = NameBuff; |
| 6187 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6188 | |
| 6189 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6190 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6191 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6192 #endif | |
| 6193 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6194 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6195 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6196 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6197 { | |
| 809 | 6198 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6199 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6200 } | |
| 6201 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6202 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6203 { | |
| 6204 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6205 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6206 } | |
| 6207 #endif | |
| 6208 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6209 { | |
| 6210 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6211 len += 3; | |
| 6212 } | |
| 6213 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6214 { | |
| 6215 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); | |
| 6216 len += 4; | |
| 6217 } | |
| 6218 | |
| 6219 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6220 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6221 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6222 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6223 #else | |
| 6224 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6225 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6226 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6227 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6228 { | |
| 6229 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6230 len = 1; | |
| 6231 } | |
| 6232 else | |
| 6233 #endif | |
| 6234 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6235 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6236 { | |
| 6237 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6240 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6241 |
| 7 | 6242 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6243 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6244 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6245 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6246 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6247 len = clen; | |
| 6248 if (i > 0) | |
| 6249 { | |
| 6250 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6251 *p = '<'; | |
| 6252 ++len; | |
| 6253 } | |
| 6254 | |
| 6255 } | |
| 6256 else | |
| 6257 #endif | |
| 6258 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6259 { | |
| 6260 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6261 *p = '<'; | |
| 6262 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6263 } | |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6266 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6267 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6268 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6271 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6272 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6273 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6274 | |
| 6275 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6276 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6277 #endif | |
| 6278 } | |
| 6279 | |
| 6280 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6281 /* | |
| 6282 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6283 */ | |
| 6284 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6285 { | |
| 6286 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6287 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6288 else | |
| 6289 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6290 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6291 attr); | |
| 6292 } | |
| 6293 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6294 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6295 } |
| 6296 | |
| 680 | 6297 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6298 /* | |
| 6299 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6300 * errors encountered. | |
| 6301 */ | |
| 6302 static void | |
| 1983 | 6303 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6304 win_T *wp; |
| 6305 { | |
| 1983 | 6306 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6307 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6310 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6311 if (entered) | |
| 6312 return; | |
| 6313 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6314 |
| 6315 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6316 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6317 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6318 { |
| 6319 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6320 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6321 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6322 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6323 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6324 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6325 } |
| 680 | 6326 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6327 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6328 } |
| 6329 #endif | |
| 6330 | |
| 7 | 6331 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6332 /* | |
| 6333 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6334 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6335 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6336 */ | |
| 6337 int | |
| 6338 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6339 win_T *wp; | |
| 6340 { | |
| 6341 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6344 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6345 { | |
| 6346 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6347 { | |
| 6348 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6349 break; | |
| 6350 } | |
| 6351 else | |
| 6352 { | |
| 6353 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6354 return TRUE; | |
| 6355 } | |
| 6356 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6357 } | |
| 6358 return FALSE; | |
| 6359 } | |
| 6360 # endif | |
| 6361 | |
| 6362 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6365 /* | |
| 6366 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6367 */ | |
| 6368 int | |
| 6369 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6370 win_T *wp; | |
| 6371 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6372 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6373 { | |
| 6374 char_u *p; | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6377 return FALSE; | |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 { | |
| 6380 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6381 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6382 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6383 char_u *s; | |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6386 curwin = wp; | |
| 6387 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6388 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6389 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6390 --emsg_skip; |
| 6391 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6392 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6393 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6394 #endif | |
| 6395 { | |
| 6396 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6397 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6398 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6399 else | |
| 6400 #endif | |
| 6401 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6402 } | |
| 6403 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6404 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6405 else | |
| 6406 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6407 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6408 vim_free(s); | |
| 6409 #endif | |
| 6410 } | |
| 6411 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6412 } | |
| 6413 #endif | |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6416 /* | |
| 677 | 6417 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6418 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6419 */ |
| 6420 static void | |
| 574 | 6421 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6422 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6423 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6424 { |
| 6425 int attr; | |
| 6426 int curattr; | |
| 6427 int row; | |
| 6428 int col = 0; | |
| 6429 int maxwidth; | |
| 6430 int width; | |
| 6431 int n; | |
| 6432 int len; | |
| 6433 int fillchar; | |
| 6434 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6435 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6436 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6437 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6438 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6439 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 2693 | 6440 win_T *ewp; |
| 6441 int p_crb_save; | |
| 7 | 6442 |
| 6443 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ | |
| 677 | 6444 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6445 { | |
| 6446 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6447 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6448 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6449 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6450 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6451 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6452 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6453 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6454 # endif |
| 6455 } | |
| 40 | 6456 else |
| 677 | 6457 { |
| 6458 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6459 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6460 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6461 | |
| 6462 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6463 { | |
| 1983 | 6464 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6465 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6466 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6467 { | |
| 6468 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6469 stl++; | |
| 6470 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6471 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6472 stl++; | |
| 6473 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6474 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6475 } |
| 7 | 6476 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6477 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6478 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6479 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6480 #else |
| 677 | 6481 col = ru_col; |
| 6482 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6483 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6484 #endif | |
| 6485 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6486 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6487 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6488 #endif | |
| 6489 { | |
| 6490 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6491 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6492 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6493 attr = 0; | |
| 6494 } | |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6497 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6498 # endif |
| 6499 } | |
| 6500 else | |
| 6501 { | |
| 6502 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6503 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6504 else |
| 1983 | 6505 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6506 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6507 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6508 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6509 # endif |
| 6510 } | |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6513 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6514 #endif | |
| 6515 } | |
| 6516 | |
| 7 | 6517 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 6518 return; | |
| 677 | 6519 |
| 2693 | 6520 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
| 6521 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
| 6522 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
| 6523 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
| 6524 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
| 6525 | |
| 1983 | 6526 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6527 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6528 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 2693 | 6529 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
| 1983 | 6530 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6531 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6532 vim_free(stl); |
| 2693 | 6533 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
| 2661 | 6534 |
| 6535 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
| 6536 p = transstr(buf); | |
| 6537 if (p != NULL) | |
| 6538 { | |
| 6539 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
| 6540 vim_free(p); | |
| 6541 } | |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
| 835 | 6544 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 1883 | 6545 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6546 { |
| 6547 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6548 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6549 #else | |
| 6550 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6551 #endif | |
| 6552 ++width; | |
| 6553 } | |
| 6554 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6555 | |
| 681 | 6556 /* |
| 6557 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6558 */ | |
| 7 | 6559 curattr = attr; |
| 6560 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6561 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6562 { | |
| 6563 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6564 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6565 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6566 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6567 | |
| 6568 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6569 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6570 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6571 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6572 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6573 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6574 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6575 #endif |
| 6576 else | |
| 681 | 6577 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6578 } |
| 6579 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6580 |
| 6581 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6582 { | |
| 6583 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6584 col = 0; | |
| 6585 len = 0; | |
| 6586 p = buf; | |
| 6587 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6588 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6589 { | |
| 6590 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6591 while (col < len) | |
| 6592 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6593 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6594 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6595 } | |
| 6596 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6597 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6598 } | |
| 7 | 6599 } |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 /* | |
| 6604 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6605 */ | |
| 6606 void | |
| 6607 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6608 int c; | |
| 6609 int row, col; | |
| 6610 int attr; | |
| 6611 { | |
| 6612 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6613 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6614 | |
| 6615 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6616 #else | |
| 6617 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6620 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6621 #endif | |
| 6622 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); | |
| 6623 } | |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 /* | |
| 6626 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 6627 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 6628 */ | |
| 6629 void | |
| 6630 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 6631 int row, col; | |
| 6632 char_u *bytes; | |
| 6633 int *attrp; | |
| 6634 { | |
| 6635 unsigned off; | |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 /* safety check */ | |
| 6638 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6639 { | |
| 6640 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 6641 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6642 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6643 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6646 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 6647 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 6648 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 6649 { | |
| 6650 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6651 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 6652 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6653 } | |
| 6654 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 6655 { | |
| 6656 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 6657 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6658 } | |
| 6659 #endif | |
| 6660 } | |
| 6661 } | |
| 6662 | |
| 714 | 6663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6664 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 /* | |
| 6667 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 6668 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6669 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 6670 */ |
| 6671 static int | |
| 6672 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 6673 int off; | |
| 6674 int *u8cc; | |
| 6675 { | |
| 6676 int i; | |
| 6677 | |
| 6678 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6679 { | |
| 6680 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 6681 return TRUE; | |
| 6682 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6683 break; | |
| 6684 } | |
| 6685 return FALSE; | |
| 6686 } | |
| 6687 #endif | |
| 6688 | |
| 7 | 6689 /* |
| 6690 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 6691 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 6692 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 6693 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 6694 */ | |
| 6695 void | |
| 6696 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 6697 char_u *text; | |
| 6698 int row; | |
| 6699 int col; | |
| 6700 int attr; | |
| 6701 { | |
| 6702 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 6703 } | |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 /* | |
| 6706 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 6707 * a NUL. | |
| 6708 */ | |
| 6709 void | |
| 6710 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) | |
| 6711 char_u *text; | |
| 6712 int len; | |
| 6713 int row; | |
| 6714 int col; | |
| 6715 int attr; | |
| 6716 { | |
| 6717 unsigned off; | |
| 6718 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 6719 int c; | |
| 6720 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 6721 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 6722 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 6723 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6724 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 6725 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 6726 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 6727 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 6728 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 6729 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 6730 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 6731 # endif |
| 6732 #endif | |
| 1843 | 6733 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6734 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 6735 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6736 #endif | |
| 6737 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 6738 |
| 6739 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 6740 return; | |
| 1843 | 6741 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 6742 |
| 1668 | 6743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6744 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 6745 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 6746 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 6747 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6748 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6749 # endif | |
| 6750 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 6751 { |
| 6752 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 6753 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6754 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6755 { | |
| 6756 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6757 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6758 } | |
| 6759 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 6760 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 6761 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 6762 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 6763 } | |
| 6764 #endif | |
| 6765 | |
| 1378 | 6766 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6767 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 6768 #endif | |
| 1340 | 6769 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 6770 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 6771 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6772 { |
| 6773 c = *ptr; | |
| 6774 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6775 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 6776 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6777 { | |
| 6778 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 6779 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 6780 else |
| 474 | 6781 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 6782 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 6783 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6784 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6785 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 6786 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 6787 { | |
| 6788 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 6789 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 6790 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 6791 else | |
| 714 | 6792 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 6793 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 6794 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 6795 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 6796 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 6797 { | |
| 6798 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 6799 if (attr == 0) | |
| 6800 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 6801 } | |
| 1401 | 6802 # endif |
| 7 | 6803 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 6804 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 6805 { | |
| 6806 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 6807 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 6808 { | |
| 6809 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 6810 nc = NUL; | |
| 6811 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 6812 } | |
| 6813 else | |
| 714 | 6814 { |
| 1994 | 6815 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 6816 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 6817 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 6818 } | |
| 7 | 6819 pc = prev_c; |
| 6820 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 6821 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 6822 } |
| 6823 else | |
| 6824 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 6825 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6826 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6827 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6828 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6829 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6830 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6831 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6832 } |
| 7 | 6833 } |
| 6834 } | |
| 6835 #endif | |
| 6836 | |
| 1843 | 6837 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6838 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 6839 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6840 #endif | |
| 6841 | |
| 6842 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 6843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6844 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 6845 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 6846 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 6847 && c == 0x8e | |
| 6848 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 6849 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6850 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6851 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6852 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6853 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 6854 #endif |
| 6855 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 6856 || exmode_active; |
| 6857 | |
| 6858 if (need_redraw | |
| 6859 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6860 || force_redraw_this | |
| 6861 #endif | |
| 7 | 6862 ) |
| 6863 { | |
| 6864 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6865 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 6866 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 6867 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 6868 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 6869 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 6870 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6871 gui.in_use | |
| 6872 # endif | |
| 6873 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 6874 || | |
| 6875 # endif | |
| 6876 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 6877 term_is_xterm | |
| 6878 # endif | |
| 1843 | 6879 )) |
| 6880 { | |
| 6881 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6882 | |
| 6883 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 6884 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 6885 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 6886 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6887 } |
| 6888 #endif | |
| 6889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6890 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 6891 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 6892 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 6893 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 6894 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 6895 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6896 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 6897 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 6898 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 6899 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 6900 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6901 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6902 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6903 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6904 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 6907 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 6908 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 6909 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6910 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6911 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6912 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6913 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 6914 #endif | |
| 6915 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 6916 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 6917 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6918 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6919 { | |
| 714 | 6920 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 6921 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 6922 else | |
| 6923 { | |
| 714 | 6924 int i; |
| 6925 | |
| 7 | 6926 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 6927 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 6928 { | |
| 6929 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 6930 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6931 break; | |
| 6932 } | |
| 7 | 6933 } |
| 6934 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6935 { | |
| 6936 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 6937 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6938 } | |
| 6939 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6940 } | |
| 6941 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6942 { | |
| 6943 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6944 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6945 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6946 } | |
| 6947 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 6948 { | |
| 6949 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6950 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6951 } | |
| 6952 else | |
| 6953 #endif | |
| 6954 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6955 } | |
| 6956 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6957 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6958 { | |
| 6959 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6960 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6961 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 6962 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6963 ptr = (char_u *)" "; | |
| 6964 } | |
| 6965 else | |
| 6966 #endif | |
| 6967 { | |
| 6968 ++off; | |
| 6969 ++col; | |
| 6970 ++ptr; | |
| 6971 } | |
| 6972 } | |
| 1843 | 6973 |
| 6974 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6975 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 6976 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 6977 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6978 { | |
| 6979 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6980 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 6981 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6982 else | |
| 6983 # endif | |
| 6984 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6985 } | |
| 6986 #endif | |
| 7 | 6987 } |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 6990 /* | |
| 1326 | 6991 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6992 */ |
| 6993 static void | |
| 6994 start_search_hl() | |
| 6995 { | |
| 6996 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 6997 { | |
| 6998 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 6999 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 7000 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7001 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 7002 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 7003 # endif | |
| 7 | 7004 } |
| 7005 } | |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 /* | |
| 1326 | 7008 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 7009 */ |
| 7010 static void | |
| 7011 end_search_hl() | |
| 7012 { | |
| 7013 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7014 { | |
| 7015 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 7016 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 7017 } | |
| 7018 } | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7021 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7022 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7023 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7024 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7025 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7026 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7027 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7028 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7029 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7030 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7031 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7032 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7033 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7034 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7035 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7036 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7037 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7038 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7039 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7040 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7041 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7042 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7043 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7044 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7045 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7046 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7047 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7048 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7049 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7050 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7051 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7052 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7053 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7054 /* |
| 7 | 7055 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7056 */ | |
| 7057 static void | |
| 7058 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7059 win_T *wp; | |
| 7060 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7061 { | |
| 1326 | 7062 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7063 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7064 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7065 has been processed or not */ | |
| 7 | 7066 int n; |
| 7067 | |
| 7068 /* | |
| 7069 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7070 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7071 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7072 */ |
| 1326 | 7073 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7074 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7075 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7076 { | |
| 7077 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7078 { | |
| 7079 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7080 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7081 } | |
| 7082 else | |
| 7083 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7084 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7085 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7086 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7087 { | |
| 7088 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7089 { | |
| 7090 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7091 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7092 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7093 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7094 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7095 break; | |
| 7096 # else | |
| 7097 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7098 # endif | |
| 7099 } | |
| 7100 n = 0; | |
| 7101 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7102 { | |
| 7103 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); | |
| 7104 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7105 { | |
| 7106 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7107 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7108 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7109 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7110 } | |
| 7111 else | |
| 7112 { | |
| 7113 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7114 n = 0; | |
| 7115 } | |
| 7116 } | |
| 7117 } | |
| 1326 | 7118 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7119 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7120 } |
| 7121 } | |
| 7122 | |
| 7123 /* | |
| 1326 | 7124 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7125 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7126 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7127 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7128 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7129 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7130 */ | |
| 7131 static void | |
| 7132 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) | |
| 7133 win_T *win; | |
| 1326 | 7134 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ |
| 7 | 7135 linenr_T lnum; |
| 7136 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7137 { | |
| 7138 linenr_T l; | |
| 7139 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7140 long nmatched; | |
| 7141 | |
| 7142 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7143 { | |
| 7144 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7145 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7146 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7147 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7148 */ | |
| 7149 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7150 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7151 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7152 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7153 return; | |
| 7154 } | |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 /* | |
| 7157 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7158 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7159 */ | |
| 7160 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7161 for (;;) | |
| 7162 { | |
| 1521 | 7163 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7164 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7165 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7166 { | |
| 7167 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7168 break; | |
| 7169 } | |
| 7170 #endif | |
| 7 | 7171 /* Three situations: |
| 7172 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7173 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7174 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7175 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7176 */ | |
| 7177 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7178 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7179 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7180 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7181 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7182 { | |
| 688 | 7183 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7184 |
| 7185 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7186 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7187 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7188 { | |
| 7189 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7190 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7191 break; | |
| 7192 } | |
| 685 | 7193 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7194 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7195 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7196 else | |
| 7197 #endif | |
| 7198 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7199 } |
| 7200 else | |
| 7201 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 1521 | 7204 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol, |
| 7205 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME | |
| 7206 &(shl->tm) | |
| 7207 #else | |
| 7208 NULL | |
| 7209 #endif | |
| 7210 ); | |
|
2359
496feb41b83f
Fix: When 'searchhl' causes a hang make CTRL-C disable 'shearchhl'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2356
diff
changeset
|
7211 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7 | 7212 { |
| 7213 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 1112 | 7214 if (shl == &search_hl) |
| 7215 { | |
| 1326 | 7216 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ |
| 1112 | 7217 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); |
| 7218 no_hlsearch = TRUE; | |
| 7219 } | |
| 7 | 7220 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 1112 | 7221 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7222 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */ | |
| 7 | 7223 break; |
| 7224 } | |
| 7225 if (nmatched == 0) | |
| 7226 { | |
| 7227 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7228 break; | |
| 7229 } | |
| 7230 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7231 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7232 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7233 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7234 { | |
| 7235 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7236 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7237 } | |
| 7238 } | |
| 7239 } | |
| 7240 #endif | |
| 7241 | |
| 7242 static void | |
| 7243 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7244 int attr; | |
| 7245 { | |
| 7246 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7249 if (full_screen | |
| 7250 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7251 && termcap_active | |
| 7252 #endif | |
| 7253 ) | |
| 7254 { | |
| 7255 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7256 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7257 { | |
| 7258 char buf[20]; | |
| 7259 | |
| 681 | 7260 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7261 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7262 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7263 } | |
| 7264 else | |
| 7265 #endif | |
| 7266 { | |
| 7267 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7268 { | |
| 7269 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7270 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7271 else | |
| 7272 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7273 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7274 attr = 0; | |
| 7275 else | |
| 7276 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7277 } | |
| 7278 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7279 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7280 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7281 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7282 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7283 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7284 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7285 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7286 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7287 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7288 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7289 out_str(T_US); |
| 7290 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7291 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7292 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7293 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7294 | |
| 7295 /* | |
| 7296 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7297 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7298 */ | |
| 7299 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7300 { | |
| 7301 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7304 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7305 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7306 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7307 } | |
| 7308 else | |
| 7309 { | |
| 7310 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7311 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7312 } | |
| 7313 } | |
| 7314 } | |
| 7315 } | |
| 7316 } | |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 void | |
| 7319 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7320 { | |
| 7321 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7324 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7325 && termcap_active | |
| 7326 #endif | |
| 7327 ) | |
| 7328 { | |
| 7329 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7330 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7331 { | |
| 7332 char buf[20]; | |
| 7333 | |
| 7334 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7335 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7336 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7337 } | |
| 7338 else | |
| 7339 #endif | |
| 7340 { | |
| 7341 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7342 { | |
| 7343 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7344 | |
| 7345 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7346 { | |
| 7347 /* | |
| 7348 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7349 */ | |
| 7350 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7351 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7352 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7353 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7354 } | |
| 7355 else | |
| 7356 { | |
| 7357 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7358 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7359 { | |
| 7360 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7361 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7362 else | |
| 7363 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7364 } | |
| 7365 } | |
| 7366 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7367 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7368 else | |
| 7369 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7370 } | |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 /* | |
| 7373 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7374 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7375 */ | |
| 7376 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7377 { | |
| 7378 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7379 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7380 else | |
| 7381 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7382 } | |
| 205 | 7383 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7384 { |
| 7385 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7386 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7387 else | |
| 7388 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7389 } | |
| 7390 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7391 { | |
| 7392 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7393 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7394 else | |
| 7395 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7396 } | |
| 7397 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7398 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7399 | |
| 7400 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7401 { | |
| 7402 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7403 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7404 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7405 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7406 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7407 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7408 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7409 } | |
| 7410 } | |
| 7411 } | |
| 7412 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7413 } | |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 /* | |
| 7416 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7417 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7418 */ | |
| 7419 void | |
| 7420 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7421 { | |
| 7422 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7423 { | |
| 7424 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7425 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7426 { | |
| 7427 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7428 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7429 } | |
| 7430 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7431 { | |
| 7432 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7433 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7434 } | |
| 7435 } | |
| 7436 } | |
| 7437 | |
| 7438 /* | |
| 7439 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7440 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7441 */ | |
| 7442 static void | |
| 7443 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7444 unsigned off; | |
| 7445 int row; | |
| 7446 int col; | |
| 7447 { | |
| 7448 int attr; | |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7451 * resizing). */ | |
| 7452 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7453 return; | |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7456 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7457 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7458 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7459 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7460 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7461 #endif | |
| 7462 ) | |
| 7463 { | |
| 7464 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7465 return; | |
| 7466 } | |
| 7467 | |
| 7468 /* | |
| 7469 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7470 */ | |
| 7471 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7472 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7473 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7474 else | |
| 7475 #endif | |
| 7476 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7477 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7478 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7483 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7484 | |
| 7485 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7486 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7487 { | |
| 7488 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7489 | |
| 7490 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7493 | |
| 7494 out_str(buf); | |
| 7495 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7496 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7497 } | |
| 7498 else | |
| 7499 #endif | |
| 7500 { | |
| 7501 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7502 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7503 #endif | |
| 7504 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7505 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7506 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7507 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7508 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7509 #endif | |
| 7510 } | |
| 7511 | |
| 7512 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7513 } | |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 /* | |
| 7518 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7519 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7520 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7521 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7522 */ | |
| 7523 static void | |
| 7524 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7525 unsigned off; | |
| 7526 int row; | |
| 7527 int col; | |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7530 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7531 return; | |
| 7532 | |
| 7533 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7534 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7535 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 7536 { | |
| 7537 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7538 return; | |
| 7539 } | |
| 7540 | |
| 7541 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 7542 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 7543 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7544 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 7545 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7546 } | |
| 7547 #endif | |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7550 /* | |
| 7551 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 7552 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 7553 */ | |
| 7554 void | |
| 7555 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 7556 int row; | |
| 7557 int col; | |
| 7558 int height; | |
| 7559 int width; | |
| 7560 int invert; | |
| 7561 { | |
| 7562 int r, c; | |
| 7563 int off; | |
| 1378 | 7564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7565 int max_off; | |
| 7566 #endif | |
| 7 | 7567 |
| 534 | 7568 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 7569 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 7570 return; | |
| 7571 | |
| 7 | 7572 if (invert) |
| 7573 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7574 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 7575 { | |
| 7576 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 7577 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7578 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 7579 #endif | |
| 7 | 7580 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 7581 { | |
| 7582 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7583 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7584 { |
| 7585 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7586 ++c; | |
| 7587 } | |
| 7588 else | |
| 7589 #endif | |
| 7590 { | |
| 7591 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7592 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7593 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7594 ++c; |
| 7595 #endif | |
| 7596 } | |
| 7597 } | |
| 7598 } | |
| 7599 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 7600 } | |
| 7601 #endif | |
| 7602 | |
| 7603 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7604 /* | |
| 7605 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 7606 */ | |
| 7607 static void | |
| 7608 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 7609 int row; | |
| 7610 int end; | |
| 7611 win_T *wp; | |
| 7612 { | |
| 7613 int col; | |
| 7614 int width; | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 7617 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 7618 # endif | |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7621 { | |
| 7622 col = 0; | |
| 7623 width = Columns; | |
| 7624 } | |
| 7625 else | |
| 7626 { | |
| 7627 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 7628 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 7629 } | |
| 7630 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 7631 } | |
| 7632 #endif | |
| 7633 | |
| 7634 /* | |
| 7635 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 7636 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 7637 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 7638 */ | |
| 7639 void | |
| 7640 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 7641 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 7642 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 7643 int c1, c2; | |
| 7644 int attr; | |
| 7645 { | |
| 7646 int row; | |
| 7647 int col; | |
| 7648 int off; | |
| 7649 int end_off; | |
| 7650 int did_delete; | |
| 7651 int c; | |
| 7652 int norm_term; | |
| 7653 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7654 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7655 #endif | |
| 7656 | |
| 7657 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7658 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 7659 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 7660 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 7661 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 7662 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 7663 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7664 return; | |
| 7665 | |
| 7666 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 7667 norm_term = ( | |
| 7668 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7669 !gui.in_use && | |
| 7670 #endif | |
| 7671 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 7672 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 7673 { | |
| 1668 | 7674 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7675 if (has_mbyte | |
| 7676 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7677 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7678 # endif | |
| 7679 ) | |
| 7680 { | |
| 7681 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 7682 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 7683 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 7684 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7685 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 7686 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 7687 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 7688 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 7689 } |
| 7690 #endif | |
| 7 | 7691 /* |
| 7692 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 7693 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 7694 * space. | |
| 7695 */ | |
| 7696 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 7697 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 7698 && end_col == Columns | |
| 7699 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 7700 && (attr == 0 | |
| 7701 || (norm_term | |
| 7702 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 7703 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 7704 { | |
| 7705 /* | |
| 7706 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 7707 */ | |
| 7708 col = start_col; | |
| 7709 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 7710 ++col; | |
| 7711 | |
| 7712 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7713 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 7714 | |
| 7715 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 7716 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7717 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7718 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7719 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 7720 ++off; | |
| 7721 else | |
| 7722 #endif | |
| 7723 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7724 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 7725 ++off; | |
| 7726 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 7727 { | |
| 7728 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 7729 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7730 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 7731 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 7732 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 7733 col = end_col - col; | |
| 7734 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 7735 { | |
| 7736 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 7737 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7738 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7739 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7740 #endif | |
| 7741 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 7742 ++off; | |
| 7743 } | |
| 7744 } | |
| 7745 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 7746 } | |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 7749 c = c1; | |
| 7750 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 7751 { | |
| 7752 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7753 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7754 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 7755 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 7756 #endif |
| 7757 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 7758 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7759 || force_next | |
| 7760 #endif | |
| 7761 ) | |
| 7762 { | |
| 7763 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7764 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 7765 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 7766 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 7767 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 7768 if ( | |
| 7769 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7770 gui.in_use | |
| 7771 # endif | |
| 7772 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7773 || | |
| 7774 # endif | |
| 7775 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7776 term_is_xterm | |
| 7777 # endif | |
| 7778 ) | |
| 7779 { | |
| 7780 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 7781 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 7782 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 7783 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 7784 else | |
| 7785 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7786 } | |
| 7787 #endif | |
| 7788 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7789 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7790 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7791 { | |
| 7792 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 7793 { | |
| 7794 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 7795 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 7796 } |
| 7797 else | |
| 7798 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7799 } | |
| 7800 #endif | |
| 7801 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7802 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 7803 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7804 } | |
| 7805 ++off; | |
| 7806 if (col == start_col) | |
| 7807 { | |
| 7808 if (did_delete) | |
| 7809 break; | |
| 7810 c = c2; | |
| 7811 } | |
| 7812 } | |
| 7813 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 7814 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 7815 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 7816 { | |
| 7817 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 7818 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 7819 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 7820 if (start_col == 0) |
| 7821 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 7822 } |
| 7823 } | |
| 7824 } | |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 /* | |
| 7827 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 7828 * screen or the command line. | |
| 7829 */ | |
| 7830 void | |
| 7831 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7832 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 7833 { | |
| 7834 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 7835 && !did_wait_return | |
| 7836 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 7837 { | |
| 7838 out_flush(); | |
| 7839 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 7840 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 7841 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7842 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7843 } | |
| 7844 } | |
| 7845 | |
| 7846 /* | |
| 7847 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 7848 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. | |
| 7849 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. | |
| 7850 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 7851 */ | |
| 7852 int | |
| 7853 screen_valid(clear) | |
| 7854 int clear; | |
| 7855 { | |
| 7856 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 7857 return (ScreenLines != NULL); | |
| 7858 } | |
| 7859 | |
| 7860 /* | |
| 7861 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 7862 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 7863 * | |
| 7864 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 7865 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 7866 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 7867 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 7868 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 7869 */ | |
| 7870 void | |
| 7871 screenalloc(clear) | |
| 7872 int clear; | |
| 7873 { | |
| 7874 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 7875 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7876 int old_Rows; | |
| 7877 #endif | |
| 7878 win_T *wp; | |
| 7879 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 7880 int len; | |
| 7881 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 7882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7883 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 7884 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7885 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 7886 int i; |
| 7 | 7887 #endif |
| 7888 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 7889 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 7890 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 7891 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7892 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 7893 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 7894 #endif | |
| 7 | 7895 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 7896 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 7897 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7898 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 7899 | |
| 7900 retry: | |
| 7901 #endif | |
| 7 | 7902 /* |
| 7903 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 7904 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 7905 * screen stuff. | |
| 7906 */ | |
| 7907 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 7908 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 7909 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 7910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7911 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 7912 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 7913 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 7914 #endif |
| 7915 ) | |
| 7916 || Rows == 0 | |
| 7917 || Columns == 0 | |
| 7918 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 7919 return; | |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 /* | |
| 7922 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 7923 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 7924 * return here. | |
| 7925 */ | |
| 7926 if (entered) | |
| 7927 return; | |
| 7928 entered = TRUE; | |
| 7929 | |
| 911 | 7930 /* |
| 7931 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 7932 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 7933 */ | |
| 7934 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 7935 | |
| 7 | 7936 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 7937 | |
| 7938 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 7939 | |
| 7940 /* | |
| 7941 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 7942 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 7943 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 7944 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 7945 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 7946 * | |
| 7947 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 7948 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 7949 * size is wrong. | |
| 7950 */ | |
| 671 | 7951 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7952 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 7953 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7954 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 7955 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 7956 #endif | |
| 7 | 7957 |
| 7958 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7959 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
7961 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 7962 if (enc_utf8) |
| 7963 { | |
| 7964 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7965 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 7966 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7967 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 7968 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 7969 } | |
| 7970 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 7971 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7972 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7973 #endif | |
| 7974 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7975 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7976 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7977 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 7978 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 7979 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7980 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 7981 #endif |
| 7 | 7982 |
| 677 | 7983 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7984 { |
| 7985 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 7986 { | |
| 7987 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 7988 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 7989 goto give_up; |
| 7990 #endif | |
| 7991 } | |
| 7992 } | |
| 1906 | 7993 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 7994 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 7995 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 7996 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 7997 #endif | |
| 1819 | 7998 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7999 give_up: | |
| 8000 #endif | |
| 7 | 8001 |
| 714 | 8002 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8003 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 8004 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 8005 break; | |
| 8006 #endif | |
| 7 | 8007 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 8008 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8009 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 8010 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 8011 #endif | |
| 8012 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 8013 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 8014 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 8015 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8016 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 8017 #endif | |
| 7 | 8018 || outofmem) |
| 8019 { | |
| 944 | 8020 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8021 { |
| 8022 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8023 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8024 | |
| 8025 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8026 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8027 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8028 } |
| 7 | 8029 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8030 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8031 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8032 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8033 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8034 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8035 { | |
| 8036 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8037 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8038 } | |
| 7 | 8039 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8040 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8041 #endif | |
| 8042 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8043 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8044 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8045 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8046 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8047 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8048 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8049 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8050 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8051 #endif | |
| 7 | 8052 } |
| 8053 else | |
| 8054 { | |
| 944 | 8055 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8056 |
| 7 | 8057 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8058 { | |
| 8059 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8060 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8061 | |
| 8062 /* | |
| 8063 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8064 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8065 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8066 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8067 */ | |
| 8068 if (!clear) | |
| 8069 { | |
| 8070 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8071 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8072 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8073 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8074 { | |
| 8075 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8076 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8077 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8078 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8079 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8080 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8081 } | |
| 8082 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8083 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8084 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8085 #endif | |
| 8086 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8087 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8088 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8089 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8090 { |
| 8091 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8092 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8093 else | |
| 8094 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8096 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8097 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8098 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8099 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8100 #endif |
| 8101 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8102 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8103 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8104 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8105 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8106 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8107 { |
| 8108 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8109 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8110 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8111 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8112 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8113 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8114 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8115 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8116 } | |
| 8117 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8118 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8119 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8120 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8121 #endif | |
| 8122 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8123 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8124 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8125 } | |
| 8126 } | |
| 8127 } | |
| 8128 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8129 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8130 } | |
| 8131 | |
| 356 | 8132 free_screenlines(); |
| 8133 | |
| 7 | 8134 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8135 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8136 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8137 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8138 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8139 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8140 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8141 #endif | |
| 8142 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8143 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8144 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8145 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8146 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8147 #endif | |
| 7 | 8148 |
| 8149 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8150 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8151 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8152 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8153 #endif | |
| 8154 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8155 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 8158 if (clear) | |
| 8159 screenclear2(); | |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8162 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8163 && !gui.starting | |
| 8164 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8165 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8166 { | |
| 8167 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8168 /* | |
| 8169 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8170 * command. | |
| 8171 */ | |
| 8172 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8173 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8174 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8175 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8176 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8177 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8178 } | |
| 8179 #endif | |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8182 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8183 |
| 8184 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8185 /* |
| 8186 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8187 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8188 */ | |
| 8189 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8190 { | |
| 766 | 8191 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8192 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8193 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8194 goto retry; | |
| 8195 } | |
| 766 | 8196 #endif |
| 7 | 8197 } |
| 8198 | |
| 8199 void | |
| 356 | 8200 free_screenlines() |
| 8201 { | |
| 8202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8203 int i; |
| 8204 | |
| 356 | 8205 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8206 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8207 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8208 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8209 #endif | |
| 714 | 8210 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8211 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8212 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8213 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8214 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8215 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8216 #endif | |
| 356 | 8217 } |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 void | |
| 7 | 8220 screenclear() |
| 8221 { | |
| 8222 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8223 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8224 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8225 } | |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 static void | |
| 8228 screenclear2() | |
| 8229 { | |
| 8230 int i; | |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8233 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8234 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8235 #endif | |
| 8236 ) | |
| 8237 return; | |
| 8238 | |
| 8239 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8240 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8241 #endif | |
| 8242 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8243 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8246 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8247 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8248 #endif | |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8251 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8252 { | |
| 8253 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8254 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8255 } | |
| 8256 | |
| 8257 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8258 { | |
| 8259 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8260 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8261 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8262 } |
| 8263 else | |
| 8264 { | |
| 8265 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8266 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8267 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8268 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8269 } | |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8274 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8275 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8276 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8277 #endif |
| 7 | 8278 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8279 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8280 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8281 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8282 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8283 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8284 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8285 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8286 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8287 } | |
| 8288 | |
| 8289 /* | |
| 8290 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8291 */ | |
| 8292 static void | |
| 8293 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8294 unsigned off; | |
| 8295 int width; | |
| 8296 { | |
| 8297 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8298 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8299 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8300 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8301 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8302 #endif | |
| 8303 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8304 } | |
| 8305 | |
| 8306 /* | |
| 8307 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8308 * invalid value. | |
| 8309 */ | |
| 8310 static void | |
| 8311 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8312 unsigned off; | |
| 8313 int width; | |
| 8314 { | |
| 8315 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8316 } | |
| 8317 | |
| 8318 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8319 /* | |
| 8320 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8321 */ | |
| 8322 static void | |
| 8323 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8324 int to; | |
| 8325 int from; | |
| 8326 win_T *wp; | |
| 8327 { | |
| 8328 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8329 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8332 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8333 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8334 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8335 { | |
| 714 | 8336 int i; |
| 8337 | |
| 7 | 8338 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8339 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8340 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8341 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8342 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8343 } |
| 8344 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8345 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8346 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8347 # endif | |
| 8348 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8349 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8350 } | |
| 8351 #endif | |
| 8352 | |
| 8353 /* | |
| 8354 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8355 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8356 */ | |
| 8357 int | |
| 8358 can_clear(p) | |
| 8359 char_u *p; | |
| 8360 { | |
| 8361 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8362 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8363 || gui.in_use | |
| 8364 #endif | |
| 8365 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8366 } | |
| 8367 | |
| 8368 /* | |
| 8369 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8370 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8371 * code. | |
| 8372 */ | |
| 8373 void | |
| 8374 screen_start() | |
| 8375 { | |
| 8376 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8377 } | |
| 8378 | |
| 8379 /* | |
| 8380 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8381 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8382 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8383 */ | |
| 8384 void | |
| 8385 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8386 int row; | |
| 8387 int col; | |
| 8388 { | |
| 205 | 8389 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8390 int i; |
| 8391 int plan; | |
| 8392 int cost; | |
| 8393 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8394 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8395 char_u *bs; | |
| 8396 int goto_cost; | |
| 8397 int attr; | |
| 8398 | |
| 1213 | 8399 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8400 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8401 | |
| 8402 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8403 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8404 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8405 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8406 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8407 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8408 return; | |
| 8409 | |
| 8410 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8411 { | |
| 8412 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8413 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8414 row = 0; | |
| 8415 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8416 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8417 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8418 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8419 | |
| 8420 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8421 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8422 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8423 else | |
| 8424 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8425 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8426 | |
| 8427 /* | |
| 8428 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8429 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8430 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8431 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8432 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8433 * | |
| 8434 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8435 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8436 * | |
| 1213 | 8437 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8438 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8439 */ | |
| 8440 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8441 { | |
| 8442 /* | |
| 8443 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8444 * or T_LE. | |
| 8445 */ | |
| 8446 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8447 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8448 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8449 { | |
| 8450 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8451 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8452 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8453 else | |
| 8454 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8455 if (*bs) | |
| 8456 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8457 else | |
| 8458 cost = 999; | |
| 8459 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8460 { | |
| 8461 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8462 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8463 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8464 } | |
| 8465 else | |
| 8466 { | |
| 8467 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8468 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8469 } | |
| 8470 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8471 { | |
| 8472 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8473 attr = 0; | |
| 8474 } | |
| 8475 } | |
| 8476 | |
| 8477 /* | |
| 8478 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8479 */ | |
| 8480 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8481 { | |
| 8482 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8483 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8484 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8485 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8486 { | |
| 8487 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8488 attr = 0; | |
| 8489 } | |
| 8490 } | |
| 8491 | |
| 8492 /* | |
| 8493 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8494 */ | |
| 8495 else | |
| 8496 { | |
| 8497 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8498 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8499 cost = 0; | |
| 8500 } | |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 /* | |
| 8503 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8504 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8505 */ | |
| 8506 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8507 if (i > 0) | |
| 8508 cost += i; | |
| 8509 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8510 { | |
| 8511 /* | |
| 8512 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8513 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8514 */ | |
| 8515 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8516 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8517 --i; | |
| 8518 if (i != 0) | |
| 8519 { | |
| 8520 /* | |
| 8521 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8522 */ | |
| 8523 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8524 { | |
| 8525 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8526 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8527 --i; | |
| 8528 } | |
| 8529 if (i != 0) | |
| 8530 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8531 } | |
| 8532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8533 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8534 { | |
| 8535 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 8536 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 8537 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 8538 { | |
| 8539 cost = 999; | |
| 8540 break; | |
| 8541 } | |
| 8542 } | |
| 8543 #endif | |
| 8544 } | |
| 8545 | |
| 8546 /* | |
| 8547 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 8548 */ | |
| 8549 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 8550 { | |
| 8551 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 8552 { | |
| 8553 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8554 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8555 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 8556 { | |
| 8557 out_str(bs); | |
| 8558 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 8559 } | |
| 8560 } | |
| 8561 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 8562 { | |
| 8563 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8564 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8565 out_char('\r'); | |
| 8566 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8567 } | |
| 8568 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 8569 { | |
| 8570 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8571 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8572 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 8573 { | |
| 8574 out_char('\n'); | |
| 8575 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 8576 } | |
| 8577 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8578 } | |
| 8579 | |
| 8580 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 8581 if (i > 0) | |
| 8582 { | |
| 8583 /* | |
| 8584 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 8585 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 8586 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 8587 */ | |
| 8588 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 8589 { | |
| 8590 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8591 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 8592 } | |
| 8593 else | |
| 8594 { | |
| 8595 int off; | |
| 8596 | |
| 8597 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 8598 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8599 { | |
| 8600 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 8601 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8602 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8603 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8604 #endif | |
| 8605 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8606 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8607 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 8608 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8609 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8610 #endif | |
| 8611 ++off; | |
| 8612 } | |
| 8613 } | |
| 8614 } | |
| 8615 } | |
| 8616 } | |
| 8617 else | |
| 8618 cost = 999; | |
| 8619 | |
| 8620 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 8621 { | |
| 8622 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8623 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8624 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && | |
| 8625 *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 8626 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); | |
| 8627 else | |
| 8628 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8629 } | |
| 8630 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 8631 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 8632 } | |
| 8633 } | |
| 8634 | |
| 8635 /* | |
| 8636 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 8637 */ | |
| 8638 void | |
| 8639 setcursor() | |
| 8640 { | |
| 8641 if (redrawing()) | |
| 8642 { | |
| 8643 validate_cursor(); | |
| 8644 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 8645 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 8646 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 8647 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 8648 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 8649 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 8650 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 8651 (has_mbyte |
| 8652 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 8653 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 8654 # endif |
| 8655 1)) : | |
| 8656 #endif | |
| 8657 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 8658 } | |
| 8659 } | |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 /* | |
| 8663 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 8664 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 8665 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8666 * scrolling. | |
| 8667 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 8668 */ | |
| 8669 int | |
| 8670 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8671 win_T *wp; | |
| 8672 int row; | |
| 8673 int line_count; | |
| 8674 int invalid; | |
| 8675 int mayclear; | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 int did_delete; | |
| 8678 int nextrow; | |
| 8679 int lastrow; | |
| 8680 int retval; | |
| 8681 | |
| 8682 if (invalid) | |
| 8683 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 8686 return FAIL; | |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8689 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8690 | |
| 8691 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 8692 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8693 return retval; | |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 /* | |
| 8696 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 8697 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 8698 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 8699 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 8700 */ | |
| 8701 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8702 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8703 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 8704 { | |
| 8705 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8706 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 8707 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 8708 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 8709 return FAIL; | |
| 8710 } | |
| 8711 #endif | |
| 8712 /* | |
| 8713 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 8714 */ | |
| 8715 if (!did_delete) | |
| 8716 { | |
| 8717 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8718 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8719 #endif | |
| 8720 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8721 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 8722 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 8723 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 8724 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 8725 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 8726 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8727 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8728 } | |
| 8729 | |
| 8730 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 8731 == FAIL) | |
| 8732 { | |
| 8733 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 8734 if (did_delete) | |
| 8735 { | |
| 8736 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8737 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8738 #endif | |
| 8739 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 8740 } | |
| 8741 return FAIL; | |
| 8742 } | |
| 8743 | |
| 8744 return OK; | |
| 8745 } | |
| 8746 | |
| 8747 /* | |
| 8748 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 8749 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 8750 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8751 * scrolling | |
| 8752 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 8753 */ | |
| 8754 int | |
| 8755 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8756 win_T *wp; | |
| 8757 int row; | |
| 8758 int line_count; | |
| 8759 int invalid; | |
| 8760 int mayclear; | |
| 8761 { | |
| 8762 int retval; | |
| 8763 | |
| 8764 if (invalid) | |
| 8765 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8766 | |
| 8767 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8768 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8769 | |
| 8770 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 8771 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8772 return retval; | |
| 8773 | |
| 8774 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 8775 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8776 return FAIL; | |
| 8777 | |
| 8778 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8779 /* | |
| 8780 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 8781 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 8782 */ | |
| 8783 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 8784 { | |
| 8785 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8786 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8787 { | |
| 8788 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8789 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 8790 } | |
| 8791 } | |
| 8792 /* | |
| 8793 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 8794 * command line later. | |
| 8795 */ | |
| 8796 else | |
| 8797 #endif | |
| 8798 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8799 return OK; | |
| 8800 } | |
| 8801 | |
| 8802 /* | |
| 8803 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 8804 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 8805 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 8806 */ | |
| 8807 static int | |
| 8808 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 8809 win_T *wp; | |
| 8810 int row; | |
| 8811 int line_count; | |
| 8812 int mayclear; | |
| 8813 int del; | |
| 8814 { | |
| 8815 int retval; | |
| 8816 | |
| 8817 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 8818 return FAIL; | |
| 8819 | |
| 8820 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 8821 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 8822 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8823 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 8824 #endif | |
| 8825 ) | |
| 8826 { | |
| 8827 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 8828 return FAIL; | |
| 8829 } | |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 /* | |
| 8832 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 8833 */ | |
| 8834 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 8835 { | |
| 8836 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 8837 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8838 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8839 return OK; | |
| 8840 } | |
| 8841 | |
| 8842 /* | |
| 8843 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 8844 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 8845 */ | |
| 8846 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8847 | |
| 8848 /* | |
| 8849 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 8850 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 8851 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 8852 * win_line(). | |
| 8853 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 8854 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 8855 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 8856 */ | |
| 8857 if (scroll_region | |
| 8858 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8859 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 8860 #endif | |
| 8861 ) | |
| 8862 { | |
| 8863 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8864 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8865 #endif | |
| 8866 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 8867 if (del) | |
| 8868 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8869 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8870 else | |
| 8871 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8872 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 8873 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8874 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8875 #endif | |
| 8876 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 8877 return retval; | |
| 8878 } | |
| 8879 | |
| 8880 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8881 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 8882 return FAIL; | |
| 8883 #endif | |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 return MAYBE; | |
| 8886 } | |
| 8887 | |
| 8888 /* | |
| 8889 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 8890 */ | |
| 8891 static void | |
| 8892 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 8893 win_T *wp; | |
| 8894 { | |
| 8895 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8896 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 8897 #else | |
| 8898 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 8899 #endif | |
| 8900 { | |
| 8901 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 8902 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8903 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8904 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 8905 #endif | |
| 8906 } | |
| 8907 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8908 } | |
| 8909 | |
| 8910 /* | |
| 8911 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 8912 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 8913 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 8914 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 8915 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 8916 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 8917 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 8918 */ | |
| 8919 | |
| 8920 /* | |
| 8921 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 8922 */ | |
| 8923 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 8924 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 8925 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 8926 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 8927 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 8928 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 8929 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 8930 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 8931 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 8932 | |
| 8933 /* | |
| 8934 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 8935 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 8936 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 8937 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 8938 * | |
| 8939 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 8940 */ | |
| 446 | 8941 int |
| 7 | 8942 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 8943 int off; | |
| 8944 int row; | |
| 8945 int line_count; | |
| 8946 int end; | |
| 8947 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 8948 { | |
| 8949 int i; | |
| 8950 int j; | |
| 8951 unsigned temp; | |
| 8952 int cursor_row; | |
| 8953 int type; | |
| 8954 int result_empty; | |
| 8955 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 8956 | |
| 8957 /* | |
| 8958 * FAIL if | |
| 8959 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 8960 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 8961 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 8962 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 8963 */ | |
| 8964 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 8965 return FAIL; | |
| 8966 | |
| 8967 /* | |
| 8968 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 8969 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 8970 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8971 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 8972 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 8973 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 8974 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 8975 * at once. | |
| 8976 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 8977 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 8978 * 1. | |
| 8979 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 8980 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8981 * just empty lines. | |
| 8982 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8983 * just empty lines. | |
| 8984 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 8985 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 8986 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8987 * | |
| 8988 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 8989 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 8990 * exists. | |
| 8991 */ | |
| 8992 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 8993 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8994 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 8995 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 8996 else | |
| 8997 #endif | |
| 8998 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 8999 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9000 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 9001 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 9002 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 9003 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9004 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 9005 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 9006 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 9007 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9008 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 9009 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9010 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 9011 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 9012 else | |
| 9013 return FAIL; | |
| 9014 | |
| 9015 /* | |
| 9016 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 9017 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9018 */ | |
| 9019 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9020 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9021 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9022 | |
| 9023 /* | |
| 9024 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9025 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9026 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9027 */ | |
| 9028 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9029 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9030 | |
| 9031 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9032 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9033 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9034 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9035 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9036 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9037 # endif | |
| 9038 ) | |
| 9039 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9040 else | |
| 9041 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9042 #endif | |
| 9043 | |
| 9044 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9045 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9046 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9047 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9048 #endif | |
| 9049 | |
| 9050 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9051 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9052 else | |
| 9053 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9054 | |
| 9055 /* | |
| 9056 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9057 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9058 */ | |
| 9059 row += off; | |
| 9060 end += off; | |
| 9061 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9062 { | |
| 9063 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9064 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9065 { | |
| 9066 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9067 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9068 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9069 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9070 j += line_count; | |
| 9071 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9072 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9073 else | |
| 9074 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9075 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9076 } | |
| 9077 else | |
| 9078 #endif | |
| 9079 { | |
| 9080 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9081 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9082 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9083 { | |
| 9084 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9085 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9086 } | |
| 9087 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9088 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9089 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9090 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9091 else | |
| 9092 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9093 } | |
| 9094 } | |
| 9095 | |
| 9096 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9097 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9098 | |
| 9099 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9100 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9101 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9102 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9103 else | |
| 9104 #endif | |
| 9105 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9106 { | |
| 9107 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9108 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9109 } | |
| 9110 else | |
| 9111 { | |
| 9112 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9113 { | |
| 9114 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9115 { | |
| 9116 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9117 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9118 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9119 } | |
| 9120 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9121 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9122 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9123 } | |
| 9124 } | |
| 9125 | |
| 9126 /* | |
| 9127 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9128 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9129 */ | |
| 9130 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9131 { | |
| 9132 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9133 { | |
| 9134 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9135 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9136 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9137 } | |
| 9138 } | |
| 9139 | |
| 9140 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9141 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9142 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9143 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9144 #endif | |
| 9145 return OK; | |
| 9146 } | |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 /* | |
| 9149 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9150 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9151 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9152 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9153 * | |
| 9154 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9155 */ | |
| 9156 int | |
| 9157 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9158 int off; | |
| 9159 int row; | |
| 9160 int line_count; | |
| 9161 int end; | |
| 9162 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9163 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9164 { |
| 9165 int j; | |
| 9166 int i; | |
| 9167 unsigned temp; | |
| 9168 int cursor_row; | |
| 9169 int cursor_end; | |
| 9170 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9171 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9172 int type; | |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 /* | |
| 9175 * FAIL if | |
| 9176 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9177 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9178 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9179 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9180 */ | |
| 9181 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9182 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9183 return FAIL; | |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 /* | |
| 9186 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9187 */ | |
| 9188 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 /* | |
| 9191 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9192 * available. | |
| 9193 */ | |
| 9194 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9195 | |
| 9196 /* | |
| 9197 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9198 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9199 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9200 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9201 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9202 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9203 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9204 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9205 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9206 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9207 */ | |
| 9208 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9209 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9210 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9211 else | |
| 9212 #endif | |
| 9213 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9214 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9215 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9216 /* | |
| 9217 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9218 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9219 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9220 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9221 * the trick... | |
| 9222 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9223 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9224 */ | |
| 9225 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9226 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9227 #else | |
| 9228 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9229 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9230 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9231 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9232 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9233 #endif | |
| 9234 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9235 #endif | |
| 9236 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9237 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9238 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9239 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9240 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9241 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9242 #endif | |
| 9243 ) | |
| 9244 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9245 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9246 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9247 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9248 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9249 else | |
| 9250 return FAIL; | |
| 9251 | |
| 9252 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9253 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9254 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9255 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9256 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9257 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9258 # endif | |
| 9259 ) | |
| 9260 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9261 else | |
| 9262 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9263 #endif | |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9266 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9267 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9268 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9269 #endif | |
| 9270 | |
| 9271 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9272 { | |
| 9273 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9274 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9275 } | |
| 9276 else | |
| 9277 { | |
| 9278 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9279 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9280 } | |
| 9281 | |
| 9282 /* | |
| 9283 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9284 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9285 */ | |
| 9286 row += off; | |
| 9287 end += off; | |
| 9288 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9289 { | |
| 9290 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9291 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9292 { | |
| 9293 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9294 j = row + i; | |
| 9295 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9296 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9297 j -= line_count; | |
| 9298 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9299 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9300 else | |
| 9301 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9302 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9303 } | |
| 9304 else | |
| 9305 #endif | |
| 9306 { | |
| 9307 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9308 j = row + i; | |
| 9309 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9310 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9311 { | |
| 9312 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9313 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9314 } | |
| 9315 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9316 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9317 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9318 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9319 else | |
| 9320 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9321 } | |
| 9322 } | |
| 9323 | |
| 9324 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9327 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9328 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9329 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9330 else | |
| 9331 #endif | |
| 9332 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9333 { | |
| 9334 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9335 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9336 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9337 } | |
| 9338 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9339 { | |
| 9340 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9341 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9342 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9343 } | |
| 9344 /* | |
| 9345 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9346 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9347 * last line. | |
| 9348 */ | |
| 9349 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9350 { | |
| 9351 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9352 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9353 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9354 } | |
| 9355 else | |
| 9356 { | |
| 9357 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9358 { | |
| 9359 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9360 { | |
| 9361 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9362 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9363 } | |
| 9364 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9365 { | |
| 9366 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9367 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9368 } | |
| 9369 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9370 } | |
| 9371 } | |
| 9372 | |
| 9373 /* | |
| 9374 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9375 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9376 */ | |
| 9377 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9378 { | |
| 9379 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9380 { | |
| 9381 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9382 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9383 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9384 } | |
| 9385 } | |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9388 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9389 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9390 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9391 #endif | |
| 9392 | |
| 9393 return OK; | |
| 9394 } | |
| 9395 | |
| 9396 /* | |
| 9397 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9398 * | |
| 9399 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9400 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9401 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9402 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9403 */ | |
| 9404 int | |
| 9405 showmode() | |
| 9406 { | |
| 9407 int need_clear; | |
| 9408 int length = 0; | |
| 9409 int do_mode; | |
| 9410 int attr; | |
| 9411 int nwr_save; | |
| 9412 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9413 int sub_attr; | |
| 9414 #endif | |
| 9415 | |
| 642 | 9416 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9417 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9418 || restart_edit | |
| 7 | 9419 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 9420 || VIsual_active | |
| 9421 #endif | |
| 9422 )); | |
| 9423 if (do_mode || Recording) | |
| 9424 { | |
| 9425 /* | |
| 9426 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9427 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9428 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9429 */ | |
| 9430 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9431 { | |
| 9432 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9433 return 0; | |
| 9434 } | |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9437 | |
| 9438 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9439 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9440 | |
| 9441 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9442 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9443 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9444 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9445 | |
| 9446 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9447 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9448 cursor_off(); | |
| 9449 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9450 if (do_mode) | |
| 9451 { | |
| 9452 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9453 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 9454 if ( |
| 9455 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 9456 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 9457 # else |
| 9458 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 9459 # endif |
| 1668 | 9460 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9461 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9462 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9463 # else | |
| 9464 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9465 # endif | |
| 9466 #endif | |
| 9467 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9468 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9471 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9472 } |
| 9473 #endif | |
| 9474 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9475 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ | |
| 9476 { | |
| 9477 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9478 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9479 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9480 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9481 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9482 if (length > 0) | |
| 9483 { | |
| 9484 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9485 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9486 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9487 { | |
| 9488 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9489 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9490 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9491 } | |
| 9492 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9493 { | |
| 9494 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9495 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9496 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9497 else | |
| 9498 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9499 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9500 } | |
| 9501 } | |
| 9502 length = 0; | |
| 9503 } | |
| 9504 else | |
| 9505 #endif | |
| 9506 { | |
| 9507 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9508 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9509 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9510 else | |
| 9511 #endif | |
| 9512 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9513 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9514 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9515 { | |
| 9516 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9517 if (p_ri) | |
| 9518 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9519 #endif | |
| 9520 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9521 } | |
| 9522 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9523 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9524 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9525 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9526 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9527 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9528 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9529 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9530 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9531 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9532 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9533 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9534 # endif | |
| 9535 #endif | |
| 9536 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 9537 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 9538 { | |
| 9539 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 9540 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 9541 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 9542 else | |
| 9543 # endif | |
| 9544 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 9545 } | |
| 9546 #endif | |
| 9547 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 9548 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9551 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9552 { | |
| 9553 char *p; | |
| 9554 | |
| 9555 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 9556 * problems. */ | |
| 9557 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 9558 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 9559 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 9560 { | |
| 9561 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 9562 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 9563 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9564 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 9565 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 9566 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9567 } | |
| 9568 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 9569 } | |
| 9570 #endif | |
| 9571 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 9572 } | |
| 644 | 9573 |
| 7 | 9574 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 9575 } | |
| 9576 if (Recording | |
| 9577 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9578 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 9579 #endif | |
| 9580 ) | |
| 9581 { | |
| 9582 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 9583 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 9584 } | |
| 644 | 9585 |
| 9586 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 9587 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 9588 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9589 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 9590 length = msg_col; | |
| 9591 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9592 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 9593 } | |
| 9594 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 9595 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 9596 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 9597 | |
| 9598 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9599 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9600 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 9601 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9602 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9603 # endif | |
| 9604 | |
| 9605 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 9606 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 9607 if (redrawing() | |
| 9608 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9609 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 9610 # endif | |
| 9611 ) | |
| 9612 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 9613 #endif | |
| 9614 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9615 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 return length; | |
| 9618 } | |
| 9619 | |
| 9620 /* | |
| 9621 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 9622 */ | |
| 9623 static void | |
| 9624 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 9625 { | |
| 9626 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9627 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 9628 } | |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 /* | |
| 9631 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 9632 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 9633 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 9634 */ |
| 9635 void | |
| 9636 unshowmode(force) | |
| 9637 int force; | |
| 9638 { | |
| 9639 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
9640 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 9641 */ |
| 9642 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 9643 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 9644 else | |
| 9645 { | |
| 9646 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9647 if (Recording) | |
| 9648 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 9649 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9650 } | |
| 9651 } | |
| 9652 | |
| 667 | 9653 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9654 /* | |
| 9655 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 9656 */ | |
| 9657 static void | |
| 677 | 9658 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 9659 { |
| 9660 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 9661 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 9662 int tabwidth; | |
| 9663 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 9664 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 9665 int attr; |
| 9666 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 9667 win_T *cwp; |
| 9668 int wincount; | |
| 9669 int modified; | |
| 667 | 9670 int c; |
| 9671 int len; | |
| 9672 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 9673 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 9674 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 9675 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 9676 int room; |
| 9677 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 9678 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9679 && !gui.in_use | |
| 9680 #endif | |
| 9681 ); | |
| 673 | 9682 |
| 9683 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9684 |
| 685 | 9685 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 9686 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 9687 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 9688 { | |
| 9689 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 9690 return; | |
| 9691 } | |
| 9692 #endif | |
| 9693 | |
| 9694 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 9695 return; |
| 9696 | |
| 677 | 9697 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 9698 |
| 9699 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 9700 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 9701 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 9702 | |
| 677 | 9703 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 9704 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 9705 { | |
| 680 | 9706 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 9709 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 9710 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 9711 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 9712 if (called_emsg) |
| 9713 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 9714 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 9715 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 9716 } | |
| 9717 else | |
| 9718 #endif | |
| 9719 { | |
| 9720 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 9721 ++tabcount; | |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 9724 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 9725 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 9726 | |
| 9727 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9728 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 9729 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 9730 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 9731 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 9732 { |
| 9733 scol = col; | |
| 9734 | |
| 9735 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 9736 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 9737 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 9738 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9739 | |
| 9740 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 9741 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9742 | |
| 9743 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9744 | |
| 9745 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 9746 { | |
| 9747 cwp = curwin; | |
| 9748 wp = firstwin; | |
| 9749 } | |
| 9750 else | |
| 9751 { | |
| 9752 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 9753 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 9754 } | |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 modified = FALSE; | |
| 9757 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 9758 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 9759 modified = TRUE; | |
| 9760 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 9761 { | |
| 9762 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 9763 { | |
| 9764 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 9765 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 9766 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 9767 break; | |
| 680 | 9768 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 9769 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 680 | 9770 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 9771 #else |
| 680 | 9772 attr |
| 9773 #endif | |
| 9774 ); | |
| 9775 col += len; | |
| 9776 } | |
| 9777 if (modified) | |
| 9778 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9779 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9780 } | |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 9783 if (room > 0) | |
| 9784 { | |
| 685 | 9785 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 9786 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 9787 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 9788 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 9789 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 9790 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 9791 if (has_mbyte) |
| 9792 while (len > room) | |
| 9793 { | |
| 9794 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 9795 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 9796 } | |
| 9797 else | |
| 9798 #endif | |
| 9799 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 9800 { |
| 680 | 9801 p += len - room; |
| 9802 len = room; | |
| 677 | 9803 } |
| 699 | 9804 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 9805 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 9806 |
| 835 | 9807 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 9808 col += len; |
| 9809 } | |
| 9810 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9811 | |
| 9812 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 9813 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 9814 ++tabcount; | |
| 9815 while (scol < col) | |
| 9816 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 9817 } | |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 9820 c = '_'; | |
| 9821 else | |
| 9822 c = ' '; | |
| 9823 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 9824 |
| 9825 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 9826 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 9827 { | |
| 9828 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 9829 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 9830 } | |
| 9831 } | |
| 834 | 9832 |
| 9833 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 9834 * set. */ | |
| 9835 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9836 } |
| 685 | 9837 |
| 9838 /* | |
| 9839 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 9840 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 9841 */ | |
| 9842 void | |
| 9843 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 9844 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9845 { | |
| 9846 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 9847 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf)); | |
| 9848 else | |
| 9849 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 9850 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 9851 } | |
| 667 | 9852 #endif |
| 9853 | |
| 7 | 9854 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 9855 /* | |
| 9856 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9857 */ | |
| 9858 static int | |
| 9859 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 9860 int *attr; | |
| 9861 int is_curwin; | |
| 9862 { | |
| 9863 int fill; | |
| 9864 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9865 { | |
| 9866 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 9867 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 9868 } | |
| 9869 else | |
| 9870 { | |
| 9871 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 9872 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 9873 } | |
| 9874 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 9875 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 9876 * current window */ | |
| 9877 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 9878 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 9879 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 9880 return fill; | |
| 9881 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9882 return '^'; | |
| 9883 return '='; | |
| 9884 } | |
| 9885 #endif | |
| 9886 | |
| 9887 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9888 /* | |
| 9889 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 9890 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9891 */ | |
| 9892 static int | |
| 9893 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 9894 int *attr; | |
| 9895 { | |
| 9896 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 9897 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 9898 return '|'; | |
| 9899 else | |
| 9900 return fill_vert; | |
| 9901 } | |
| 9902 #endif | |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 /* | |
| 9905 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 9906 */ | |
| 9907 int | |
| 9908 redrawing() | |
| 9909 { | |
| 9910 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 9911 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 9912 } | |
| 9913 | |
| 9914 /* | |
| 9915 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 9916 */ | |
| 9917 int | |
| 9918 messaging() | |
| 9919 { | |
| 9920 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 9921 } | |
| 9922 | |
| 9923 /* | |
| 9924 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 9925 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 9926 */ | |
| 9927 void | |
| 9928 showruler(always) | |
| 9929 int always; | |
| 9930 { | |
| 9931 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 9932 return; | |
| 574 | 9933 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9934 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9935 { | |
| 639 | 9936 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 9937 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 9938 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 9939 # endif |
| 574 | 9940 return; |
| 9941 } | |
| 9942 #endif | |
| 7 | 9943 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 9944 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 9945 { |
| 1983 | 9946 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 9947 } |
| 7 | 9948 else |
| 9949 #endif | |
| 9950 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9951 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 9952 #endif | |
| 9953 | |
| 9954 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 9955 if (need_maketitle | |
| 9956 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9957 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 9958 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 9959 # endif | |
| 9960 ) | |
| 9961 maketitle(); | |
| 9962 #endif | |
| 1588 | 9963 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9964 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 9965 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 9966 draw_tabline(); | |
| 9967 #endif | |
| 7 | 9968 } |
| 9969 | |
| 9970 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9971 static void | |
| 9972 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 9973 win_T *wp; | |
| 9974 int always; | |
| 9975 { | |
| 1869 | 9976 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 9977 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 9978 int row; |
| 9979 int fillchar; | |
| 9980 int attr; | |
| 9981 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 9982 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 9983 int i; | |
| 1869 | 9984 size_t len; |
| 7 | 9985 int o; |
| 9986 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9987 int this_ru_col; | |
| 9988 int off = 0; | |
| 9989 int width = Columns; | |
| 9990 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 9991 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 9992 #else | |
| 9993 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 9994 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 9995 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 9996 #endif | |
| 9997 | |
| 9998 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 9999 if (!p_ru) | |
| 10000 return; | |
| 10001 | |
| 10002 /* | |
| 10003 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 10004 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 10005 */ | |
| 10006 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 10007 return; | |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 10010 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 10011 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 10012 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10013 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 10014 # endif | |
| 10015 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 10016 return; | |
| 540 | 10017 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10018 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10019 return; | |
| 7 | 10020 #endif |
| 10021 | |
| 10022 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10023 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10024 { | |
| 680 | 10025 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10026 | |
| 10027 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10028 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10029 if (called_emsg) |
| 10030 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10031 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10032 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10033 return; |
| 10034 } | |
| 10035 #endif | |
| 10036 | |
| 10037 /* | |
| 10038 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10039 */ | |
| 10040 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10041 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10042 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 /* | |
| 10045 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10046 */ | |
| 10047 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10048 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10049 || always | |
| 10050 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10051 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10052 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10053 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10054 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10055 #endif | |
| 10056 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10057 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10058 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10059 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10060 #endif | |
| 10061 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10062 { | |
| 10063 cursor_off(); | |
| 10064 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10065 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10066 { | |
| 10067 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10068 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10069 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10070 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10071 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10072 # endif | |
| 10073 } | |
| 10074 else | |
| 10075 #endif | |
| 10076 { | |
| 10077 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10078 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10079 attr = 0; | |
| 10080 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10081 width = Columns; | |
| 10082 off = 0; | |
| 10083 #endif | |
| 10084 } | |
| 10085 | |
| 10086 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10087 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10088 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10089 { | |
| 10090 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10091 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10092 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10093 } | |
| 10094 | |
| 10095 /* | |
| 10096 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10097 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10098 */ | |
| 1869 | 10099 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10100 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10101 ? 0L | |
| 10102 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10103 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10104 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10105 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10106 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10107 | |
| 10108 /* | |
| 10109 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10110 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10111 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10112 */ | |
| 10113 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10114 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10115 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10116 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10117 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10118 #endif | |
| 10119 ++o; | |
| 10120 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10121 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10122 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10123 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10124 #endif | |
| 10125 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10126 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10127 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10128 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10129 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10130 { | |
| 10131 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10132 { | |
| 10133 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10134 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10135 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10136 else | |
| 10137 #endif | |
| 10138 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10139 ++o; | |
| 10140 } | |
| 1869 | 10141 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10142 } |
| 10143 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10144 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10145 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10146 { | |
| 10147 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10148 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10149 { |
| 10150 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10151 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10152 { | |
| 10153 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10154 break; | |
| 10155 } | |
| 10156 } | |
| 10157 } | |
| 10158 else | |
| 10159 #endif | |
| 10160 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10161 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10162 | |
| 10163 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10164 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10165 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10166 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10167 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10168 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10169 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10170 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10171 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10172 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10173 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10174 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10175 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10176 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10177 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10178 #endif | |
| 10179 } | |
| 10180 } | |
| 10181 #endif | |
| 13 | 10182 |
| 10183 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10184 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10185 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10186 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10187 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10188 */ | |
| 10189 int | |
| 10190 number_width(wp) | |
| 10191 win_T *wp; | |
| 10192 { | |
| 10193 int n; | |
| 10194 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10195 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10196 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10197 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10198 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10199 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10200 /* 'relativenumber' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10201 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10202 |
| 13 | 10203 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10204 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10205 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10206 | |
| 10207 n = 0; | |
| 10208 do | |
| 10209 { | |
| 856 | 10210 lnum /= 10; |
| 10211 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10212 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10213 | |
| 10214 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10215 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10216 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10217 | |
| 10218 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10219 return n; | |
| 10220 } | |
| 10221 #endif |